All Subjects

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the

Rameses I
founder of the 19th dynasty.
2 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of
Marble
which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.
3
Greek architecture was essentially. Columnar trabeated
4 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected

Propylaea
by the architect Mnesicles is the.
5 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being
Parthenon
the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.
6 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native
Arch and vault
natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
7 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders
Composite
used by the Greeks.
8 From the 5th century to the present, the character of
Domical roof construction
Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
9 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that
of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing Marble
walls.
10 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient
Pantheon
buildings in Rome.
11 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in
Pteroma
Greek temple.
12 Amphitheaters are used for ___. Gladiatorial Contests
13 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used

Stoa
in public places.
14 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City. Acropolis
15 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing

the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat Antefix
tiles.
16 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to
Acroterion
support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
17
Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament. Anthemion
18 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but

Apotheca
especially for storing wine.
19 The characteristic of Greek ornament. Anthemion
20
The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college. Refectory
21
The architecture of the curved line is known as ___. Baroque
22 The open court in an Italian palazzo. Cortel
23 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part

Tracery
of a Gothic window.
24
"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture. Roman
25 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres

176
Cathedral?
1/328
PREPARED BY:
26 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.

a. i, ii, iii
i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave
27 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda. Octagonal
28 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda. 13..
29
Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda. Square
30
Triangular piece of wall above the entablature. Pediment
31 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular

plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting Pendentive
structure.
32 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church. Narthex
33 The principal or central part of a church, extending from

Nave
the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.
34 The uppermost step in the crepidoma. Stylobate
35 The lowest step in the crepidoma. Stereobate
36
Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters. Eustyle
37
Intercolumniation of 4 diameters. Areostyle
38 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters. Systyle
39 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters? 1.5 Diameters
40 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters. 3 Diameters
41 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of

Circus
the Greek.
42 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place. Colosseum
43
What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra? Wrestling
44
A foot race course in the cities. Stadium
45 Architects of the Parthenon. Callicrates and Ictinus
46 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
Lamin
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
47 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where
Zaguan
the carriages and floats are kept.
48 The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard
Bilik
of the Sultan's bed.
49 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which
Dapogan
is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
50
Japanese tea house Cha-sit-su
51 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration Masjid
2/328
PREPARED BY:
52
Domical mound containing a relic. Stupa
53
Ifugao house (southern strain). Bale
54 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns

Doric
resting on a base of 3 steps.
55 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones
forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a Tumuli
hundred persons.
56
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,
Apse
terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.
57 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns

Dipteral
surrounding the naos.
58 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture Prytaneion
59 Architect of the Einstein Tower. Erich Mendelsohn
60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art. Walter Gropius
61 What architectural term is termed to be free from any

Art Noveau
historical style?
62
The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y. Van Alen
63 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a

Embrasures
battlement.
64 In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who
consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the
Amenemhat I
country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.
65
Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis. Senusret I
66 The world's first large-scale monument in stone. Pyramid of Zoser
67
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh Pyramid of Khufu
68
Female statues with baskets serving as columns. Canephora
69 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle. Bartizan
70 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture. Masu-gumi
71
A concave molding approximately quarter round. Cavetto
72
Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo. Carlos Santos Viola
73 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must

Caesar Homer Concio
be well oriented'.
74 Architect of Robinson's Galleria William Cosculluela
75
King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty. Imhotep
76 "A house is like a flower pot" Richard Josef Neutra
3/328
PREPARED BY:
77 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany

Jugendstijl
it is known as ___.
78
Architect of TWA airport. Eero Saarinen
79
"Modern architecture need not be western". Kenzo Tange
80
Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh Khufu
81 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma

Console
reversa strap.
82 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture Chartres Cathedral
84 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a

Tokonama
flower arrangement or art.
85 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and
Hagia Sophia
notable of its large dome.
86 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently
Baldachino
place over the altar in a church.
87
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing
Tabernacle
a statue.
88 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a

Exedra
church.
89 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items. Niche
90 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and

Mudejar
Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.
91 Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis. Mnesicles
92 A Greek building that contains painted pictures. Pinacotheca
93 A kindred type to the theater. Odeion
94 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek

Epidauros
theaters.
95 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of
Opus Mixtum
brickworks.
96 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone
Opus Incertum
laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.
97
A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect Opus Recticulatum
98 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or

Opus Quadratum
without mortar joints.
99
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and
Opus Tesselatum
domes.
100
"Form follows function". Louis Sullivan
4/328
PREPARED BY:
101
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for
Buckminster Fuller
living".
102 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan. Marcel Lajos Breuer
103 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell Felix Outerino Candela
construction.
104 The architect of the Pantheon. Agrippa
105 Architect of the World Trade Center. Minoru Yamasaki
106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica. Bernini
107 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Anthemius and Isidorus
Constantinople)
108 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines. George Ramos
109 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Thothmes I
Karnak?
110 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria. Ptolemy III
111 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple Iñigo Jones
of the Italian renaissance style.
112 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital. Callimachus
113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum Theron
114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia. Libon
115 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Cossutius

Olympius.
116 Architect of the Erechtheion. Mnesicles
117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon. Phidias
118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel. Welton Becket
119 "A house is a machine to live in". Le Corbusier
120
Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower. Eliel Saarinen
121
"Architecture is Organic". Frank Lloyd Wright
122
Invented reinforced concrete in France. Hennevique
123
First elected U.A.P. president. Jose Herrera
124
First president and founder of PAS. Juan Nakpil
125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines. Felipe Mendoza
126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument. Juan Nakpil
127
Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument. Guillermo Tolentino
5/328
PREPARED BY:
128
Designer of the Taj Mahal. Shah Jahan
129 Expressionist Architect. Erich Mendelsohn

130 John Ruskin and William
Founders of the "Art Noveau". Moris
131
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa. Felipe Mendoza
132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center. Juan Nakpil
133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium. Juan Nakpil
134
The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration. Juan Nakpil
135 Architect of SM Megamall. Antonio Sin Diong
136
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila. Gabriel Formoso
137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard. George Ramos
138 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this
church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of Morong Church
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
139
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel
Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from Panay Cathedral in Capiz
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
140 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian Bema
churches.
141 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___. Naos
142 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of

Amphi-Prostyle
columns at the front and rear.
143 Corresponds to the Greek naos. Cella
144 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by

Greek Cross
Bramante.
145 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Latin Cross
Maderna.
146
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the
Ambo
epistle and the gospel are
147
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of
the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the Bema
___.
148 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central

Apse
place at the end of the church called ___.
149 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___. Forum
150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___. East

151
Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___. South
152
Orientation of the Medieval Church West
6/328
PREPARED BY:
153 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low
Cancelli
screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period) Little Metropole Cathedral,
Athens
155 One of the few churches of its type to have survived
having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a Nea Moni
dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
156 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches. Centralized
157
First school which offered architecture in the Philippines Liceo de Manila
158 The best example of a German Romanesque church with Worms Cathedral
apses at both east and west ends.
159 The council house in Greece. Bouleuterion
160 The senate house of the Greeks. Prytaneion
161
The oldest circus in Rome. Circus Maximus
162 The oldest and most important forum in Rome. Forum Romanum
163 The warm room in the Thermae Tepidarium
164 The Hot room of the Thermae Calidarium
165
The dry or sweating room in the Thermae. Sudatorium
166
The dressing room of the Thermae. Apodyteria
167 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae. Unctuaria
168 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian

amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by Vespasian / Domitian
whom?
169 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Treasury of Atreus
Agamemnon'.
170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'? Xerxes
171
The private house of the Romans. Domus
172
The sleeping room of the 'megaron'. Thalamus
173
Roman apartment blocks Insulae
174 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site Villa
175 A roman house with a central patio. Atrium House
176 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces. Balneum

A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large
177 covering slab Menhir
178 Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the
entrance portal
7/328
PREPARED BY:
179 A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt. Royal pyramids
180 Principal room of Anatolian House Megaron
181 It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the
horizontal entablature or part supported. Order
182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple Crepidoma
183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity. Naos
184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils. Thermae
185 A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators
against the sun Velarium
186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high Insula
187 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Baldachino
188
A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church. Narthex
189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women Gymnaceum
190 Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc Voussoirs
191 A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it Cenotaph
192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the West door
193 A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel
tracery Rayonnant
194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat. Plough
195 A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated
deflection so that it will have no sag when under load. Camber
196 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
employed in Renaissance building. Rustication
197 Designer of the Crystal Palace, London Sir Joseph Paxton
198 Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona Antonio Gaudi
199 Architect of the White House, D.C. James Hoban
200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua Carlos Baretto
201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers Masjid
202 Man who leads the congregation at a prayer Muenzzin
203 Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings Islamic
204 Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque Kibla
8/328
PREPARED BY:
205 Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in
the life of the emperor. Shah-Jehan
206 In Romanesque arch’re a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably
severe and adorned Cluniac
207 General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was sober & dignified
208 Vaulting compartment into six parts known as sixtite
209 A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
breath from wall pilaster strips
210
Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades. campanile
211 Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and
of bishops throne. ambrogio
212 A secluded place Altars
213 Secular architecture Castle
214 The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by
the pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern
Alexander
France
215 Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the
top Helm Roof
216 The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque
architecture Church bldgs.
217 Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly
numerous in castle Portugal
218
Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____ Alocabaca, Portugal
219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem Fortress
220
A civil settlement under the protection of a castle. fortification
221 A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch,
stones were dropped only on an enemy below. machicolations
222 A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised
portions known as merlons battlement
223 The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure
openings. merlons
224 A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a
boundary line bailey
9/328
PREPARED BY:
225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls Steve church
226
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls,
and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a
domestic
drying ground for the large monthly wash
227 A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines
formed by angles of spires and canopies. crocket
228 An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the
vaulting. buttress
229
A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.
transept
230 An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of
northern France first pointed. tudor
231
Leafed ornament. mouldings
232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights. tracery
233 The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating
clergy. presbytery
234 Single and most important building in Britain. West minister abbey
235
A room, where food is stored in a manor house. pantry
236
The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar. cimborio
237 Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire. finial
238 A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles. retablo
239 Originally the minaret of the mosque. kibla
240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy. Florence Cathedral
241 A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel
and used for burial in early times. crypt
242 A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous
revolution of European times. Renaissance
243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style? Palladian
244 The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed
inspiration was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture antiquarian
245 A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance
architects of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical
mannerists
elements
10/328
PREPARED BY:
246 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
employed in renaissance buildings Rustication
247
A light portable receptacle for sacred relics Reliquary
248 Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre. Brunelleschi

The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and
249 containing the principal social apartments. Piano Noble
250 Known architect in early renaissance. Donato Bramante
251 Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights. Mullion
252 Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows. transom

A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in
253
decoration. wreath
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a
254 terminal. scroll
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs)
255 and intended for relaxation. nymphaneum
256 France generally describe rococo as rocaile

One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian
257 spirits, or chubby, rosy- faced child with wings. cherubin
Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is
258 framed. newel
259 A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in
geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance
strapwork
archre in England.
260 Space between the columns. intercolumnation
261 An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines

intersecting at right angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern fretwork
262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church. pulpitum
263
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the
coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of
polychromy
variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects
264 The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative
designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA. expressionism
265 A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave
line. eyebrow
266 The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.
skylight
267 A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available. reja
268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God. cella
269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning “land of the free” Burma
11/328
PREPARED BY:
270 A stupa in a form of a corn cob. viharas

Reflects Burma’s cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations
271 (16th-17th century) at Rangoon. shwe dagon pagoda
272 Burma’s term for monasteries. pitakat-taik
273 Chinese monumental gateway. pailou
274 Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition
universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower. Alexandre Gustav Eiffel
One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium
275 building, U.S. Louis Henry Sullivan
276 Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center. Yamasaki and Roth
Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in
277 Great Britain. Charles Mackintosh
Received the “Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan “award for the city of manila, who is
278 the architect? Tomas Mapua
279 In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as “The Noble of
Architecture” the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living
Frank Gehry
architect whose body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field.
His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as
280 well as costume and poster design. Erich Mendelsohn
281 Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive
abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the
Kahn, Louis
valid elements of older style.
Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His
282
style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has
Antonio Gaudi
surrealist and cubist elements.
283 One of the world’s 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and
only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease
Buckminster Fuller
and homelessness.
In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current
284 technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs. Francisco Manosa
285 Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and
bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train
Gustave Eiffel
stations at Toulouse and again in France.
286 He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals
such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture. Francisco Manosa
287 French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom “Each one sees Lucio Costa
whatever he wishes to see” belongs to,
He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60’s or at the
288 age of 60 yrs. old. Buckminster Fuller
An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on
289 classical decoration. Robert Adam
He was called “Masters master” where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer
290 and Van de Rohe Peter Behrens
291 Architect who leads the development of the ‘Quezon Memorial Circle” in Quezon City. Francisco Manosa
292 Eiffel tower I Paris stands. 984 ft.
12/328
PREPARED BY:
293 Starting with holes” belongs to architect Buckminster Fuller
294 A house is a machine to live in” philosophy belongs to Le Corbusier

He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his father’s
295 teachings about craftsmanship. Mies van de Rohe
One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design
296 solutions. Richard Meier
297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume. Oscar Niemeyer
298 His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the
shortest path the stresses developed within the structures. Nervi, Pier Luigi
299 Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil. Lucio Costa
300 A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt” Kenzo Tange
301 For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive

sunshine, there was no need for windows, the
hierogyphics
massive unbroken walls provided the surface for
________________.
302
In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop
the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to
Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building, Parthenon
and made entirely of white pentelic marble and
surrounded by freestanding column.
303
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater
designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
Epidaurus Theater
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.
304 In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in

Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A
four storey, elliptical structure that seated about
Colosseum
50,000 spectators. The exterior façade was
embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and
Corinthian columns.
305
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was
designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor
Trajans forum
Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent
and architecturally most pleasing.
306
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),
A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
Agrippa
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)
13/328
PREPARED BY:
307
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft
contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
only remnant of the original blueprint that remains. Robert Mills
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?
308 What is the name of the

Cathedral in France that was designed Reims Cathedral
by Jean d’ Orbais.(
309 In France, It is the official residence of President of
France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for Elysee Palace
Henry de la Tour d’ Auvergne
310 In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home
of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the
niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found. Torogan House
It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan
of Maranaw people and his family.
311
In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind
frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the
most different of all traditional Architecture in the
Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a Ivatan’s Rakuh
meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch
roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.
What is the name of this unique house?
312
The ___________________ is an art deco building
designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the Manila Metropolitan Theatre
1960’s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.
313
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and G.F.& Partners
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?
314
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese
Philosopher, said, “The reality of the building does
Lao Tze
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.”
315 The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure
Plinth
rests.
316
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support
taking the place of a column or a Caryatid
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.
14/328
PREPARED BY:
317
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively
emphasize the apex of a gable, or Finial
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.
318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior. le Corbusier
319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas, Telamon
320 Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually,
three levels upon which the
superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size Crepidoma
incrementally, forming a series of steps
along all or some sides of the building.
321 The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon Federico Ilustre
Memorial Circle.
322
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is
composed of bands of Archivolt
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,
323
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways
leading into the orchestra, Eisodos
between theatron and skenê (also known as the parodos).
324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip. Obelisk
325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar. Aokum
326 A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved Gargoyle
grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important
327 event. They are frequently used Monument
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
328 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the Bouleuterion
democratically-elected council is called:
329 The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by
upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and Great Temple of Ammon,
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty Karnak
to the Ptolemaic period.
330
The father of modern picture books of Architecture Andrea Palladio
331 The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the
troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself Ten books of Architecture by
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery Marcus Vitruvius
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”
332 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is Tomb of Agamemnon
also known as:
333 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and Trajan’s Column
made entirely f marble is;
334 It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and
the 1880’s in England and the USA and actually based on country
house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by Queen Anne style
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:
15/328
PREPARED BY:
335 An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting Sir Christopher Wren
the main features of London.
336
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is
Temenos
called:
337 The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
Walter Gropius
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.”
338 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
Le Corbusier
result of the interior
339 The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens Prytaneion
might be entertained.
340 It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a
single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
Kankanay
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.
341 It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where
elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting Decorated style
techniques.
342 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in
Cromlech
circular form.
343 A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th
century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical Mannerism
elements in an unconventional manner.
344 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected Bouleuterion
council is called
345
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete
Great Temple of Ammon,
plan but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built Karnak
from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period
346 A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the
wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the
highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost Firewall; Fireblock
edge of the abutting living units?
347 The father of modern picture books of Architecture Andrea Palladio

“The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of
348 fortune. But he who thinks himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, 10 books of architecture by
moves one slippery path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.” Vitruvius
349 It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra
or the master builders are required to register as architects? Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986
350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as Tomb of Agamemnon
351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is Trajans Column
352
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg”
Medieval Organic City
(citizen’s town) of the medieval ages
16/328
PREPARED BY:
353
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and the 1880’s in England
and the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture
Queen anne Style
which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and
colonial elements in the USA
354 Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained
337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in
Unite d Habitation
Marseilles?
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter ‘s and St. Paul
355 Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London. Sir Christopher Wren
356 The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called: Temenos
357 The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the
composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between
Walter Gropius
monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.”
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
358 Le Corbusier
359
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a
prytaneion
palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained
360
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling
elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra Kankanay
which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders
361 ??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called Cavaea
362 It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental

Decorated Style
vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting techniques
363
Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form Chromlech
364
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect
Palladianism
marked by ancient Roman Architectural forms
365 TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY

MONUMENTS & TEMPLES BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING
ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION & CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES & Egyptian Architecture
VAULTING
366
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE
Romanesque Architecture
ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF
367 Gothic Architecture
THE WALLS
368 TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED FENESTRATION
CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY Rayonant
369 CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY. Flamboyant

CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND
370 Renaissance Architecture
ARCHES, and
371 SYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.
MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE
PUBLICATIONS OF THE ITALIAN REN. ARCH’T.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580).
Palladianism
STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF ANTIQUITY.
17/328
PREPARED BY:
372 TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCH’RE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT,
CHARATERIZED IN ARCH’RE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL
Mannerism
ELEMENTS.
IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED
373 SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS
LAST PHASE IS CALLED “ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF
Baroque
ARCH’RE.
374 THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCH’RE 1750-1830, WHEN

RENED INSPIRATION WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCH’RE (
Antiquarian
NEO CLASSICAL)
375
( FR. ROCALLE – ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE
ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED
SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-
Rococco
FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT
PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION.
SIVERSMITH-LIKE”; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH

376 RENAISSANCE. Plateresque Architecture
377 THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND,

NAMED AFTER ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY
Elizabethan Architecture
LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS & STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION
378 ENGLISH ARCH’L & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING
THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED
Jacobean Architecture
AFTER JAMES I
379 THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH
AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE
Gregorian Architecture
GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.
380 TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF

TASTE TOWARDDS ARCH’RE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th &
EARLY 19th CENT. BLDG’S & LANDSCAPE WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED Picturesque Architecture
INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.
381 Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or
Sphinx
woman possessed
382
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping)
Mastaba
sides covering a burial chamber blow ground
383
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver &
gold) “pyra-midion” at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut Obelisk
with hieroglyphics
384
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
Pyramid
triangular sides meeting at the apex
385 Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall Batter
18/328
PREPARED BY:
386
Consists of a complex of “sarsen” (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have
been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs
Stonehenge
of southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by
lintels
387
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in
Ziggurat
number from one to seven
388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits Hieroglyphics
389
An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright
Dolmen
stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone
390 Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A
wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of Voussoirs
an arch or vault
391
In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a
meeting place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or
conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench
Exedra
along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular
outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche
(technical)
392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god Cella
393
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and
crowning umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, Stupa
temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.
394
An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different
Eclectic
periods or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.
395
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch,
balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural
Soffit
component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner
curve of an arch
396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security. Fortress
397
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a
circular dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular Pendentive
piece of vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim
398
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of
stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a Mayan Temple Pyramid
high stone roof
399
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards
architecture and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very Picturesqueness
attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph
19/328
PREPARED BY:
400
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil
colors. painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing Fresco
watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster
401
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as
shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered Stoa
walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other
402
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of
man used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support Atlantes
for the upper part of a classical building
403 A slab forming the crowning member of a column Abacus
404
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to
counteract the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the
appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the Entasis
shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a perfectly
straight column would give
405
The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a
Flutes
groove running down an architectural column
406 Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports Caryatids
407 the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower
Daado
portions of walls when decorated separately.
408
The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns Arris
409
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat
Fillets
narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces
410
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices;
architecture gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a Pediment
colonnade as the major part of a facade
411 The lowest square member of the base of a column Plinth
412
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or
Agora
colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.
413
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious
campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate
bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary Triumphal Arch
(statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in
its face
414
Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs
Thermae
or baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome
20/328
PREPARED BY:
415
Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important
Colosseum
settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)
416
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great
thermae and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a
Aquaducts
channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a
great distance
417
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public
Forum
meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.
418
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building.
Pinaccle
architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet
419
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn
out of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late
Sarcophagus
period, surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone
or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions
420
A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often
Mausolleum
on a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.
421 Line of intersection of cross-vaults Groins
422
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in
Coffers
a ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling
423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault. Butress
424
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an
arched structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with Vault
arched ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling
425 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church Narthex
426 A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered baptisteries
427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism. Font
428
A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed
Dome
as to exert an equal thrust in all directions
429 A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy Bema
430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall. Arcade
431 A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel Ambo
were read
432
Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble Mosaic
21/328
PREPARED BY:
433 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as Baldachino
“CIBORIUM”.
434 A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area Aisle
by arcades or the like.
435
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance
or narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the
Nave
altar for the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps)
usually flanked by aisles of less height
436
The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of
Apse
a building
437 A small pavilion, usually open – built in gardens & parks. Kiosk
438
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space
Mosque
without object of adoration. (Muslim)
439 A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting
Corbel
the beams of a roof, floor or vault.
440
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more
Minaret
balconies from which the faithful are called to prayer
441 A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle Chamfer
442 An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church. Atrium
443
A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to
form an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting
Squinch
part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a
square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above
444 Women’s or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture. Harem
445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it. Cenotaph
446 A double curve, resembling the letter “S”, formed by the union of a curve and a convex Ogee
line
447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured. Keystone
448
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are
placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen
Iconostasis
decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox
churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church
449
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform
projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a Verandah
building, planned for summer leisure.
450
A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings Piazza
22/328
PREPARED BY:
451
Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design Arabesque
452
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing,
a horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between Spandrel
two arches and a cornice
453
small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings. Turret
454 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical
window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a Mullions
window or the panels of a screen
455 A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle
or large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to Chateau
wine produced there
456 A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire,
especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges Fleche
intersect.
457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament. Niche
458
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether
Boss
vaulted or flat.
459 Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
Pilaster Strip
breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.
460 An umbrella shaped copula. Chatris
461 – The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window. Tracery
462 The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate
platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a Podium
colonnade
463 The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of
church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central Transept
part (nave)
464
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The
new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right
Rib & Panel
angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels
was adopted
465
Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior Cimborio
466
A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard Larder
467 The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches Spire
468 The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire Steeple
469 – A room for storage of garments Wardrobe
23/328
PREPARED BY:
470
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated
Camber
deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.
471
Covered passages around an open space or “Garth”, connecting the church to the
Coisters
chapter house; a small courtyard or enclosed space
472
A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies Pantry
473 A vault in which the ribs compose a “star-shaped” pattern Stellar Vault
474 A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by Monastery
monks
475 A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by Oriel Window
means of projecting stones.
476 The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college Refectory
477 An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a

Scroll
terminal, like the volutes of the ionic capital.
478 An Italian impressive building or private building Palazzo
479
One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a
Baluster
stair handrail or a coping (wall’s capping surface).
480
a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic
scrolls, and ‘crimped’ folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a
profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a
Rococo
lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture
and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular
throughout Europe in the early 18th century.
481
In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of
baroque
art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.
482 A tower not connected with “Bell”. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which
Belfry
the bells are hung.
483
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the
Entablature
eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.
484
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and
tradesmen, organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Doge's Hall
Italian renaissance chief magistrate)
485 (little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in Pavillion
character.
486 The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and
Chancel
other officials, usually referred to as the “choir
487
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone
(Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially
Quoins
when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the
wall
24/328
PREPARED BY:
488
A “BRACKET”: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls
Console
or volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice
489
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel
and used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or
Crypt
vault, often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious
artifacts
490 The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is
Newel
framed.
491
The chief magistrate’s buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa. Doge's Palace
492
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square
or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of Cupola
glass and providing natural light inside
493
An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall
Vestibule
between an outer door and the main part of a building
494
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring
Lantern
roofs and glazed at the sides
495
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in
decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and
greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on
Wreath
somebody’s head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a
circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a
coat of arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]
496
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;
Salon
[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]
497
A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the
Mansard
flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.
498
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful
Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor Nymphaeum
goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]
499 An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An
architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched Finial
structure
500 A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. “Die” or Dado, and
Pedestal
a cornice or cap mould
501 A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting
from roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the Dormer
main roof and has its own gable
25/328
PREPARED BY:
502 A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body,
used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in Hermes
Renaissance times.
503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights Mullions
504
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area
adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. Patio
A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house
505
Also called ‘brackets” or “consoles” or “ancones”. It is a projecting member to support a
weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a
cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); Modilions
also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona
of a Corinthian or Composite column
506
The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows. Transom
507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon. Tabernacle
508
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around
Ambulatory
the east end of the church, behind the altar.
509
Also called “key pattern” the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a
pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved Finial
decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure
510
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform:
Dais
a raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]
511 The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a
rounded or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess Bay Window
on the inside
512
Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe Helm Roof
513 A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for
Gallery
seats in a church
514 A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental
ridge on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and
Strapwork
sometimes interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of
England.
515 The space between two columns Intercolumnation
516
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian
Cherubs
spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings
517
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality
Terracotta
than brick. [brownish red color]
518
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or
Heraldic
heralds
26/328
PREPARED BY:
519
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th
century, an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated:
Plateresque Architecture
relating to a heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain,
reminiscent of elaborate silverware
520
An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands Pulpit
521
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the
rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a
Belvedere
formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to offer
a fine view of the surrounding area
522
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was
the richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly Churrigueresque
decorated ornamentation]
523
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative
representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with Candelabra
several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting
524
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an
Fretwork
assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
525 Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in Wata Dage
stone and brick.
526 Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive
medieval chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with Tudor Revival
small panes.
527
a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns. Torus
528 Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9
or 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to Pagoda
each storey.
529
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often
rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a
Bungallow
simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in
Southeast Asia and the South Pacific
530
A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware
Faience
decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)
531
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or
octagonal shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned Stambas / Laths
with animal supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law.
532
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles
back on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep Great Wall
gorges and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles.
533 An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation
Art Noveau
in the façade aptly called for the floral design.
27/328
PREPARED BY:
534
a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art
bauhaus
and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.
535 The arrangement and design of windows in a building Fenestration
536 Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles. Architectonic
537 Rock-cut temples in India Rarhs
538
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their
intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the Space Frame
trusses are directly above & below one another.
539
a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the
Baloon Framing
walls, roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.
540 A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person Pai Lou
541 A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture Bonsai
542
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a
light and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or “capiz” windows and picturesque wide tile
Antillan House
roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy
balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.
543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery. Belvedere
544
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with
Tea House
drinking ceremony is done
545
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is
divided into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or Ken
seconds of space.
546 Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a
Ifugao/ Bontoc House
pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails
547
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant
wooden carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the “Sari Manok” The silken
Nipa House
Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with
intricate carvings
548
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven
maranao House
slit canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring
549
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers
of cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest Ivatan House
typhoons in the north
550
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly
one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided Loggia
walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building
28/328
PREPARED BY:
551
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported
upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is
Irrimoya Gable
terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the
main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.
552
Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by
Torii
upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams
553
“Fool the eye” – are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire
screen to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for
Trompel o Eil
example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and
make-believe or create an outdoor scene.
554
A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows
and changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster,
Country House
old beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a
large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached
555 1930s modernist’s style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by
geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass Art Deco
production
556 These are garden rooms. Gazebo
557 patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer
Stoa
leisure); LOGGIA
558
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire
crowned towers)
Pinacle
559
Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic
church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)
560 Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only) Boss/ Groin
561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome) Quoins / Squinch
562 statue chamber Serdab
563 bldg that hold sculpture Glypthoteca
564 bldg that holds painting Pinacotheca
565 acropolis, sacred enclosure Themenos
566 coffer, ceiling Lacunaria
567 space bet naos wall and column Peroma
568 tholos passageway Dromos
569 sleeping room, megaron Thalamus
29/328
PREPARED BY:
570
(greatest example of Egyptian temple) The Great Temple of Arnak
571
Great Sphinx at Gizeh God Horus
572
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis
Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak Egyptian Architects
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria
573
gateway to greek temple Propylaea
574
largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
Partenon
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena
575
prototype Greek Thetre
- largest for 30,000 people Theatre of Dionysus
576
oldest & most important bldg in Rome Forum Romanum
577 largest circus in Rome Circus Maximus
578 largest forum in Rome Forum of Trajan
579 1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials
580 2. Caves
581 3. Rocks on top of each other Prehistoric Period
582 4. Hard-packed snow blocks
583 5. animal skins
584 1. Battered or sloping outside walls
585 2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins

Egyptian Architecture
586
3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high
587 4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics
588 1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks
30/328 Mesopotamian Architecture

PREPARED BY:
589 2. Roofs flat outside
590 Mesopotamian Architecture

3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as décor
591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows
592 1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.
593 Pre columbian Architecure

2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important
buildings
594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)
595 2. Wooden roofs were untrussed
596 3. Ceilings sometimes omitted Greek Architecture
597 4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples
598 5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]
599 1. The arch & the vault was developed
600 2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]

Roman Architecture
601
3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.
602 1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches
603
2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof
Early christian Architecture
604 3. Mosaic decoration added internally
605 4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries
606
1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches
607 2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of “pendentives” Byzantine Architecture
608 3. ‘Fresco” decoration using marble & mosaic
609 1. Bulbous or onion dome
610 2. Minarets
611 3. stalactite moulding Islamic Architecture
612 4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof
613 5. painted arch
614 1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;
31/328
Romanesque Architecture
PREPARED BY:
615 2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,
616 3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style Romanesque Architecture
617
4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.
618 1. Pointed arch
619 2. buttress, flying buttress
620 3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting Gothic Architecture
621 4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist
622 5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)
623 1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)
624 2. Quoins, Balusters
625 3. domes or raised drums
626 4. pediments one within the other

Renaissance Architecture
627 5. rococo
628 6. baroque style
629 7. mansard roof
630 8. salon
631 1. Picturesque values
632
2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry &
informality.
633 3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism
634 4. New functions & techniques produced new forms Britain Architecture
635 5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.
636 6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals
637 7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift
638
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system,
Continental Europe
programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction
639 1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed
640 2. Baloon frame was introduced

American Architecture
641 3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction
32/328
PREPARED BY:
American Architecture
642 4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator
643
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain
wall.
644 2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed

Modern International
645
3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.
646 4. Steel is used in space-frame
647 1. Hindu worship is an individual act
648
2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda),
and are designed for congregational use.
649 3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character

India / pakistan
650 4. The TORUS moulding is used
651
5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha
652 6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used
653 1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars
654 2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural
creation.
655 3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with Sri Lanka
small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.
656
4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door
furniture, painted walls.
657
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square
chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing
the statue of Buddha
658
2. The “SIKHARA” & “PAGODA” temples survive.
659
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols,
groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.
Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet
660
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and
projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging
lamps.
661 5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.
662
6. Pillars and beams are painted “yellow or red” and “painted silks” hang from the roof.
33/328
PREPARED BY:
663 1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill
664
2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers
665
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often
finished with porcelain tile
Burma, Cambodia, Thailand,
666 4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster) Indonesia
667 5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs
668 6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.
669
7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.
670
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned
with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)
671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.
China
672 3. Roof framing in “rectangle” and not triangle.
673 4. Use of bright colors
674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.
675
1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration
676
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a
succession of brackets
Japan
677
3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls
678 4. Rooms are regulated by a “KEN” Tatami mats.
679
5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.
680
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden
posts, carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.
681 2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,
682 3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies, Philippines
683 4. Coconut shell & wood design.
684 5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing
685 1. Beehives,
34/328
Pre Historic Period -
Structures
PREPARED BY:
686 2. huts,
687 3. caves,
Pre Historic Period -
688 4. tents, Structures
689 5. Stonehenge, England
690 6. igloos
691 1. Sphinx,
692
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser
Architect: Imhotep
 earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser
at Saqqara, Egypt
 consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid
 the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)
693 3. Obelisks,
694 4. Mastaba Tombs,

Egyptian Buildings
695 5. Great Temple,
696
6. Abu-Simbel,  dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun
 built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 – 1237 BC)
697
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king
 dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods
 built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila
698
7. Temple of Khons,
699 1. Ziggurat of Ur,
700 2. persepolis, Ancient near East

(mesopotamia) Buildings
701 3. hall of the hundred columns
702 1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,
703 2. Citadel Teotihuacan,

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya,
704 3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar, Aztec, Peru, Mexico)
705 4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru
706 1. Acropolis,
35/328
PREPARED BY:
707 2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias

Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek Doric
 on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar
708
Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles
Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic
 has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.
709 3. Agora,
710
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos Greek Buildings
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
 and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural
achievements of the fourth century.
 the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece.
 can accommodate 14,000 spectators.
711 4. ODEION theatre,
712
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the
other
713
6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,
714 7. open hillside theatres
715
1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
 great domed hall with oculus
oculus – a single circular opening
 one of the great spiritual buildings of the world
 it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church
 revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture
36/328
Roman Buildings
PREPARED BY:
716
2. Forums,Trajan’s Forum
100 – 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
Style: Roman
 composed of an arc of arched arcade
 most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing
 largest known forums
717
3. Basilicas Roman Buildings
718 4. Thermae,
719 5. Amphitheatres,
720
6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum

70 – 82
Architect: Vespacian and Domitian
Style: Ancient Roman
 three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and
Corinthian in the third, face the three tiers of arcades
 largest Roman Amphitheater
 designed to hold 50,000 spectators
 had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly
721 7. Triumphal arch,
722 8. gateways,
723 9. aqueducts
724 1. Basilican Churches,

Early Christian Structures
725 2. Baptisteries
726
1. St. Sophia, Constantinople
Byzantine Structures
727 2. St. Mark, Venice
728 1. The great mosques,
729 2. Damascus & Cordoba,
730 3. Kiosk @ Istanbul Islamic Buildings
731 4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra
732 5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi
37/328
PREPARED BY:
733 1. St, Zeno,
734 2. Maggiore Monastery,
735 3. Leaning Tower,

Romanesque Buildings
736 4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,
737 5. Castles, fortifications,
738 6. chateus, Manor houses
739 1. Notre Dame Cathedral,
740 2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,
741 3. King’s College,

Gothic Buildings
742 4. Canterbury Town Halls,
743 5. Skippers house @ Ghent
744 1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,
745 2. St. Peter’s PIAZZA,
746 3. Cathedral Vatican,
747 4. Palais du louvre, Rennaissance Buildings
748 5. Paris Chateu Maisons,
749 6. St Paul’s Cathedral, London,
750 7. Guild Houses @ Brussels
751 1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London
752 2. Crystal Palace, London [???]
753 3. University Museum, Oxford Britain Buildings
754 4. Red House, Kent
755 5. Cathedral @ Guildford
756 1. Eiffel tower, [???]
757 2. New louvre,

Continental Europe Buildings
758 3. Paris Opera House,
759 4. Paris & cologne.
38/328
PREPARED BY:
760
1. the White House
Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical
 official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years
761
2. Capitol of the United States
Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Date: 1793 to 1830
Style: Neoclassical
 meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America,
consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate
762
National Gallery of Art
Architect: John Russel Pope
 houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world
763
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
Style: Neo-Egyptian
 the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains
 with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base
American Structures
764
Golden Gate Bridge

1933 to 1937
Architect: Joseph Strauss
Location: San Francisco, California
Building type: suspension bridge
Construction system: steel frame, steel cables
Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details
 one of the longest bridge in the world
 a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location
 overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters
 bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters
39/328
PREPARED BY:
765
Saint Patrick’s Cathedral
Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
 shaped like a Latin cross
 the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States
 designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style
766
3. Boston Empire State Building,
767 4. English Country Houses
768 5. Bungalows
769
The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance
 also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc.
 I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance
770
Palais Royal
 commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev
 original name is Palais Cardinal
 17th century
 Daniel Buren: stripped columns
771 Arc de Triomphe

 Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the
top of the Champs Elysees
772
Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Building Type: modern art museum
Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern
 a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a
year
 massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent
tube
40/328
PREPARED BY:
773
Notre Dame de Paris
1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Building Type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic
 one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France
 twin towers marking the entrance
 probably the most famous image in French Gothic art
774
Paris Opera House
1857 to 1874
Architect: Charles Garnier
Building type: theater, opera house
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Neo-Baroque French Architecture
 polychrome façade, opulent staircase
 commission by competition
 masterpiece of 19th century architecture
 one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world
 false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall
775 Elysee Palace

1718
Architect: Claude Mollet
 official residence of the president of France
776 Hotel de Invalides

 Napoleons tomb is within the structure
 founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers
 late 17th century
777
La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
 church of Ste. Marie Madeleine
 constructed as a church in 1842
 surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns
41/328
PREPARED BY:
778
Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Gothic exemplar
 the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which
eliminated the need for alternating supports
 supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture
779
Rheims Cathedral
 one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture
 construction commerced by Jean d’Orbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy
 a work of remarkable unity and harmony
780
Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Building Type: exposition observation tower
Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist
 dominates the sky line of Paris
 one of the most famous landmarks in the world
 built for the Paris Exposition of 1889
781 Sorbonne
 most famous building at the University of Paris
782
British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic façade,
Classical Revival
 Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by
Norman Foster
42/328
PREPARED BY:
783
Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Style: English Gothic
 Cathedral of Saint Mary
 an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style
 tallest in England 404ft (123m)
 use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured
784
Queen’s House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones – the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
Building type: large house
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance
 was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I
785
Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Building type: government offices and art school
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
 Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures,
rusticated base
786
Saint Paul’s Cathedral
1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone English architecture
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque
 the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement
 a masterpiece of Baroque architecture
 largest cathedral in England
43/328
PREPARED BY:
787
Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
Building type: large house
Style: Palladian
 also known as “Burlington House”
788
Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival
 Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London
 originally seat of kings as a royal residence
789
Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Style: Romanesque
 one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe
 had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady
 the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived
790
Glasgow School of Art
1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
Building type: college
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau
791 Buckingham Palace

Architect: sir George Goring
 built during the reign of king James I
792 1. Salginatobel Bridge,
793 2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn
794 3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier
795 4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright
Modern International
44/328
PREPARED BY:
796 5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright Modern International
797 6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen
798 7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright
799 8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon
800 9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller
801
Temple of Heaven
Location: China
 700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io)
 means “Perpetual Help”
802
Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
Style: Byzantine
 a tremendous domed space
 built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian
 a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture
 additional minarets when the church became a mosque
803 Cathedral of Siena

Location: Southern Italy
 incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design
804
Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
Style: Romanesque
 "Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most
famous building groups in the world
 the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente
 white marble with colonnaded facades
45/328
PREPARED BY:
805
Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Style: Italian Romanesque
 1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio
 1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti
 1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome
 1418: competition for construction of dome.
 1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction
begun
 The Duomo – dome added by Brunelleschi
 1436— church consecrated
806
Krak des Chevaliers
1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
Style: Medieval
 crusader castle
 the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world
Asian & Spain Architecture

807
Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
Style: Moorish (Islamic)
 palace of Nasrid Dynasty
 the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture
 built as a cathedral in the mid-1200’s
 “hall of justice”: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration
808
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau
 uses animal styles al through-out the structure
46/328
PREPARED BY:
809
Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
Style: Art Nouveau
 expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line
 light court
 it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like
dwellings
810
Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist
 Church of the Holy Family
 uncompleted during Gaudi’s lifetime
 crowned by four spires
811
Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic
 roofs
1. onion-shape domes, flanking
at 45 degrees gradient towers,
or lessbuilt for wife Mumatz Mahal
 located
2. use on the Jumna
of bricks, limestone,Riverhardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or “tisa”
 museum
were for Mogul emperor’s consort
imported)
3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870’s)
1.
4. a “regime”with
transoms of reinforced
floral and concrete andwork
foliate scroll galvanized
(1890’s) iron
2. Neo-Classical styles
5. 1890’s Art Nouveau brought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades,
812 3.“shrine
DANIEL of freedom”,
BURNHAM designed by Fatherby Antonio Cedeno,W.H. with Taft
Diegoto Jordan asMaster Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort
etched or colored glass–panelscommissioned
replaced capiz Gov. General draft the
engineer
Plan for Manilaofand government buildings (Agri-Finance Santiago)
6. emergence
famous walled city Filipino
withinand foreign
a city; seven architects working inBuilding,
gates; completed
Senate Building,
the Philippines
1872; made of bricks and hard
813 among
a. others)
adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall are 45 ft thick and rise 25 Manila
FELIX ROXAS – first Filipino architect; served as architect to the ft above government;
the moat; Intramuros
4. MASTER
studied in BUILDERS
England and (“maestro de obras”) acquired title either from practical
Spain
structures inside the city include:
814 experience
b. JUAN HERVAS or completed
– a Catalanacademic who training
was oneofofMaster Builder’s
the Spanish course invited to
architects
5. LICEO DE MANILA – first school to open three year course in architecture Late Spanish Period
- mediocre design, uncontrolled and
reconstruct Manila after the earthquake of 1863 and 1880 hasty rebuilding only resurrected old designs
6.
7. TOMAS
churchesMAPUA
- commercial building – first
drew licensed architect;
inspiration established the
from contemporary second school
architecture in the(followed
West by
815 UST and Adamson) American Period
a.- development
Sto. Domingo of community
Church, planning
Intramuros
Movement in 20th Century, art that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian
7. MASONIC
-b.BUNGALOW TEMPLE, Escolta1948; –church
firstone-storey
multi-storey reinforced concrete building in the
816
San Ignacio,
Concrete, steel–Intramuros
introduced
and glass –infirst designed house
by a with wide
Filipino picture
architect windows, a
Philippines
lanai
c. Sanand a carport for up
Sebastian
Advocators: Church,
Jim Slade andto three –cars
Manila
Robert only Gothic church in the Philippines
Colley. Post War Architecture
8. CHALET
Cubist
- modern
8. brides style –developed
suburbanwith
architecture inhouse;
Germany simple
a renewed design
andinterest
Austria with verandah in front or around the
in(1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
Filipino motifs
an architects.
817 house;
Devoid
a. use
Fuente middle-class
ofof ornamentation
pointed
de Espana roofs, – lattices,
first bridgescreens,
to span wood
the carvings
Pasig River linking Intramuros and
The architecture of reinforced concrete iron and glass. Futurism
9.
b. 1930’s – continued
Symmetrical/Assymetrical
architecture
Binondo of LEANDROurban development;
plans
LOCSIN and emergence ofMANOSA
FRANCISCO multi-storey, multi-family
Calculation of audacity and simplicity
818 Sought
dwellings
Overlapping
b. Colganteforand
solutions
&commercial–for
intersecting
Bridge alternative
structures;
suspension cheap
2-dimensional
bridge; forms
distinct
planes
only forofpedestrians;
construction
simplification
that enclose in timber,
of lines, emphasis
3-dimensional
framework brick
of & metal.
on
space.
iron
Capable of expressing “tangible miracles.” Functionalism
Initiated
verticality;
Pure color
imported by British
other
like
from white (pre-fab.
architects
England Architecture)
contradicted
& grey ofMarinetti. the
exterior walls. trend by putting horizontal strips of glass
Inspired by Filippo Tommaso
A design of of
window
Distribution something
wall to windowAuspicious.space is approximately equal.
819 Other definitions: Utilitarianism
Refers to low-cost housing
Pre-Fabricated unit
47/328
PREPARED BY:
Non-representational style of art w/c HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE

uses modern REVIEWER
industrial materials: plastic & glass.
Ideal abstract art movement arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)
820 Out
Based view
oninthew/c the Art
idea: major activities
is an absoluteor entity,
environmental factorliewas
whose origin employed
in the mind & in the forms
whose
structure in a non-intellectual manner. Constructivism
are unrelated to objects of visible world.
CHARACTERISTICS:
Concept of art: includes painting & sculpture.
821 Continuity of forms rather than proportionality and geometric terms/means. Neo-expressionism
Tendency to avoid rectangular forms.
822 ,Tends
first built in the 13th
to individual century and reconstructed in 1906–1909, is the largest clay
sensibility. The Great Mosque of Djenné
building in the world. in Mali,
823 developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of
Elisha Graves Otis
techniques for manufacturing rolled steel
824 architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection Ecclectism
movement for aesthetic and moral crusade
825 - escape FROM THE Industrial World The Arts & Crafts Movement
- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures
826 In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the. Pyramid
827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by. Cheops
828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty. Rameses 1
829 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her Marble
domains had ample supply of was.
830 Greek architecture was essentially. Columnar trabeated
831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles Propylaea
832 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect Parthenon
building ever erected is the.
833 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Arch and vault
Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks. Composite
835 From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the Domical roof construction
practice of using.
836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture. St. Sophia, Constantinople
837 The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is. Sober and dignified
838 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the Marble
use of what material for facing walls.
839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome. Pantheon
840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple. Pteroma
841 Amphitheaters are used for ___. Gladiatorial Contests
842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places. Stoa
843 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City. Acropolis
844 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex Antefix (Antefixae)
tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles.
845 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more Acroterion / Acroterium
usually, the ornament itself.
846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament. Anthemion
847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine. Apotheca
848 The characteristic of Greek ornament. Anthemion
48/328
PREPARED BY:
849 The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that Marble
of the rest of Europe.
850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___. Pisa
851 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college. Refectory
852 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___. Baroque
853 The open court in an Italian palazzo. Cortel
854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window. Tracery
855 Japanese tea house. Cha-sit-su
856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration. Masjid
857 Domical mound containing a relic. Stupa
858 Ifugao house (southern strain). Bale
859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks. Ziggurat
860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps. Doric
861 Tomb of the pharaohs. Pyramid
862 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for Tumuli
consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.
863 A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and Apse
intended to house an altar.
864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos. Dipteral
865 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture Prytaneion
866 Architect of the Einstein Tower. Erich Mendelsohn
867 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art. Walter Gropius
868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style? Art Noveau
869 From what architecture is the Angkor Vat? Cambodian
870 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y. Van Alen
871 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement. Embrasures
872 Taj Mahal temple is located in ___. Agra

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative
873 system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful Amenemhat I
works.
874 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis. Senusret I
875 Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs. Heb-sed
876 The world's first large-scale monument in stone. Pyramid of Zoser
877 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh Pyramid of Khufu
49/328
PREPARED BY:
878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles. Groin Vault
879 Sarimanok is a décor reflecting the culture of the ___. Visayan

880 Caryatid porch is from what architecture? Greek
881 Female statues with baskets serving as columns. Canephora
882 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle. Bartizan
883 A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice. Basilica
884 The Parthenon is from what architecture. Greek
885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof. Helm Roof
886 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture. Masu-gumi
887 A concave molding approximately quarter round. Cavetto
888 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo. Carlos Santos Viola

889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'. Caesar Homer Concio
890 What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque. Pinnacle
891 Architect of Robinson's Galleria William Cosculluela
892 Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture. Baroque for of

Ornamentation
893 "A house is like a flower pot" Richard Josef Neutra
894 Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia. Sarcophagus
895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty. Imhotep
896 The council house in Greece. Bouleuterion
897 Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture. U.S. / English Renaissance
898 Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure. Tussel House
899 A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture. Astylar
900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___. Jugendstijl
901 Less is more. Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe

902 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines. Liceo de Manila
903 Embrasures. Crenel

904 Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition. Balance
905 Different historical styles combined. Eclecticism
906 Architect of TWA airport. Eero Saarinen
50/328
PREPARED BY:
907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___. Kaufman House
908 First president and founder of PAS. Juan Nakpil

909 "Modern architecture need not be western". Kenzo Tange
910 Architect of the national library, Philippines. Felipe Mendoza
911 The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian Palace of Persepolis
architecture, which palace was it used.
912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture. Saracenic Architecture
913 The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric Echinus
capital.
914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings. S-tiles
915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market. Agora
916 A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column. Entasis
917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period. Baroque
918 A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size Pagoda
with corbelled cornice and moldings.
919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture. Roman
920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___. Crepidoma
921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear. Amphi-Prostyle
922 Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture. Cenotaphs
923 The three pyramids in Gizeh Cheops / Chefren/

Mykerinos
924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato. Aljibe
925 A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house. Impluvium
926 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___. Naos
927 The tomb beneath a church. Crypt
928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches. Bema
929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap. Console
930 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site. Villa

931 A roman house with a central patio. Atrium House
932 Revival of classical Roman style Romanesque

The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and
933 Byzantine elements, and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic Romanesque
architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall structures, round arches,
934 Architect and furniture designer. Alvar Aalto
935 First registered architect in the Philippines. Tomas Mapua
51/328
PREPARED BY:
936 The public square of imperial Rome. Forum
937 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel. Welton Becket

938 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture Chartres Cathedral
939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral? 176
940 Agora is from what architecture? Greek
941 Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria. Ziggurat

942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital. Acanthus
943 Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening. Arch
944 The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called Triforium
a blind story.
945 A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the Clerestory
interior.
946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined. Module
947 The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch. Tympanum
948 A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers. Arcade
949 In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans Architrave
from column to column.
950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns. Entablature
951 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom. Cornice, Frieze, Architrave
953 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda. 13
954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art. Tokonama
955 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda. Square
956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome. Hagia Sophia
957 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature. Pediment
958 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the Pendentive
polygonal plan of its supporting structure.
959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church. Narthex
960 The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or Nave
chancel and usually flanked by aisles.
961 The covered walk of an atrium. Ambulatory
962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica. Cantharus
963 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church. Exedra
964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church. Baldachino
52/328
PREPARED BY:
965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue. Tabernacle
966 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items. Niche

967 A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer. Minaret
968 Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling. Lacunaria
969 The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the Bayon
compassionate Buddha.
970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century
Mudejar
971 architecture.
972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture. Crocket
973 A slab forming the crowning member of the capital. Abacus
974 The crowning member of a column. Capital
975 A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base. Plinth
976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church. Chancel
977 The cold section of a Roman Bath. Frigidarium
978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress. Barasoain Church
979 The palace proper in Assyrian palaces. Seraglio
980 Holy mountains. Ziggurat
981 Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis. Mnesicles
982 Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces. Harem
983 The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples. Great Temple, Abu Simbel
984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___. Great Temple, Abu Simbel
985 Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians. Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus
986 Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture. Mortuary and Cult Temples
987 Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs. Mortuary Temple
988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points. Ziggurat
989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points. Pyramid
990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods. Cult Temple
991 The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture? Persian
992 The Greek male statues used as columns. Atlantes
993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place. Exedra
53/328
PREPARED BY:
994 A single line of columns surrounding the Naos. Peripteral
995 The uppermost step in the crepidoma. Stylobate

996 The lowest step in the crepidoma. Stereobate
997 A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities. Gymnasium
998 The three chamber of a Greek temple. Pronaos, Naos, and

Epinaos
999 A Greek building that contains painted pictures. Pinacotheca
1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front. Prostyle
1001 The clear space in between columns. Intercolumniation
1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters. Eustyle
1003 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters. Areostyle
1004 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters. Systyle

1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters? 1.5 Diameters
1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters. 3 Diameters
1007 A kindred type to the theater. Odeion
1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek. Circus
1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place. Colosseum
1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra? Wrestling
1011 A foot race course in the cities. stadium
1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front. In Antis
1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear. Amphi-Antis
1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae. Gymnasium
1015 Greek order that has no base. Doric
1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters. Epidauros
1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all? Tuscan and Composite
1018 What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of Use of Concrete
steel for buildings.
1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction. Pantheon
1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome. Forum Romanum
1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'? Xerxes
1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'? Artaxerxes
54/328
PREPARED BY:
1023 Architects of the Parthenon. Callicrates and Ictinus
1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon. Phidias

1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water. Lacus
1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain. Salientes
1027 The oldest circus in Rome. Circus Maximus
1028 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by Vespasian / Domitian
whom and completed by whom?
1029 Architect of the Erechtheion. Mnesicles
1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water. Clepsydra
1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'. Treasury of Atreus
1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum Theron
1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia. Libon

1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius. Cossutius
1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___. 18
1036 A quadrigas is a ___. 4-horse Chariot
1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___. Cyma Reversa
1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___. Key Pattern
1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary, Sculptured Reliefs
1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building. House #33
1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order. Bird's Beak
1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos Peribolus
1043 The private house of the Romans. Domus
1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___. Podium
1045 Roman large square tiles. Bepidales
1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks. Opus Mixtum
1047 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly Opus Incertum
resembling polygonal work.
1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect. Opus Recticulatum
1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints. Opus Quadratum
1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges. Basilica
1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or
Choragic Monument
55/328
PREPARED BY:
Choragic Monument
1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals.
1053 A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of Fret

straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
1054 Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped Termini
or diminishing pedestal.
1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes. Opus Tesselatum
1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital. Callimachus
1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'. Thalamus

1058 The origin of the door architrave. Timber-enframed Portal
1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___. Etruscans
1060 Roman apartment blocks. Insula
1061 A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the Nymphaeum
purpose of relaxation.
1062 !5th to 18th century architecture. Renaissance
1063 "Form follows function". Louis Sullivan
1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance Iñigo Jones
1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples. Hypostyle Hall
1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak? Thothmes I
1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria. Ptolemy III
1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living". Buckminster Fuller
1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty. Rock-Hewn Tombs
1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines. George Ramos
1071 The warm room in the Thermae. Tepidarium
1072 The Hot room of the Thermae. Calidarium
1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae. Frigidarium
1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae. Sudatorium
1075 The dressing room of the Thermae. Apodyteria

1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae. Unctuaria
1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___. Forum

1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___. East
1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___. South
1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church. West
56/328
PREPARED BY:
1081 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of Cancelli
the church called ___.
1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are Ambo
1083 In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later Bema
developed into the transept, this is the ___.
1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church Apse
1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___. Statues
1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches. Centralized

1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople) Anthemius and Isidorus
1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture. St. Sophia, Constantinople
1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period) Little Metropole Cath.,
Athens
1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
Nea Moni
1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light. Lantern
1093 the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the
chapter
Cloisters
1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.
1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy. Ornamental Arcades
1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west Worms Cathedral
1097 The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure Cathedral
of the Gothic period.
1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante. Greek Cross
1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna. Latin Cross
1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica. Bernini
1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato. Dispensa
1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House. Falig
1103 Architect of the World Trade Center. Minoru Yamasaki
1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture? Greek

1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower. Balteus
1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture. Roman

1107 The architect of the Pantheon. Agrippa
1108 The senate house of the Greeks. Prytaneion
1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan. Marcel Lajos Breuer
57/328
PREPARED BY:
1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction. Felix Outerino Candela
1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___. Hypotrachelion
1112 In what Order is the Parthenon. Doric
1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens. Ionic
1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'. Temple of Nike Apteros,

Athens
1115 This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by Tower of the Winds,
means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally. Athens
1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found? Acanthus and Dolphin
1117 From what architecture is the Stoa? Greek
1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility. Papyrus
1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods. Cult Temple
1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces. Balneum

1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos. Cella
1122 The large element in the frieze. Triglyph
1123 "A is a machine to live in". Le Corbusier
1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower. Eliel Saarinen
1125 "Architecture is Organic". Frank Lloyd Wright
1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France. Hennevique
1127 First elected U.A.P. president. Jose Herrera
1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument. Juan Nakpil
1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument. Guillermo Tolentino
1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal. Shah Jahan
1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids. Telamones or Atlantes
1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures. Herms
1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top. Terms
1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture. Madrassah
1135 Where "Constructivism" originated? Moscow

1136 Expressionist Architect. Erich Mendelsohn
1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau". John Ruskin and William

Moris
1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art. Eclecticism
58/328
PREPARED BY:
1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age. Neo-Classism
1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture. Parti

1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa. Felipe Mendoza
1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center. George Ramos
1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium. Juan Nakpil
1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration. Juan Nakpil
1145 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design Morong Church
depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
1146 This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell Panay Capiz
which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
1147 Architect of SM Megamall. Antonio Sin Diong
1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila. Gabriel Formoso
1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard. George Ramos

1150 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during Lamin
occasions.
1151 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are Zaguan
kept.
1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed. Bilik
1153 The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a Azotea
laundry and drying space and service area for the servants.
1154 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe- Dapogan
shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
1155 “Form follows function” Louis Sullivan
1156 “Form does not necessarily follow function” Antonio Gaudi
1157 “Art and Architecture, the new unity” Walter Gropius
1158 “A house is a house” Louis Khan
1159 “Cube within a cube” Le corbusier
1160 “A bridge is like a house” Robert Mailart
1161 “Less is more” Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
1162 Ornament is a crime Adolf Loos

1163 Less is more only when more is too much Frank Loyd Wright
1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM EERo Saarinen
1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN Kenzo tange
1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY Marcus Vitruvius
1167  Formulated “Cubism and Futurism Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
59/328
PREPARED BY:
1168 Less is Bore / “Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture” Robert Venturi
1169 The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within
Lao Tse
to be lived in
1170 LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such SOM
tower in New York City.
1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY Willian Van Allen
1172 GEODESIC DOME Buckminster Fuller
1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE Jorn Utzon
1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Frank Loyd Wright
1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL Lucio Costa & Oscar

Niemeyer
1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY Walter Gropius
1177 EINSTEIN TOWER Erich Mendelson
1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME Le corbusuier
1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES Leandro Locsin

1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE Francisco Bobby Manosa
1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES CC. de cstro
1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING Manuel manosa
1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK IM pei

1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY Eero Saarinen
1185 AT&T BLDG, NY Philip Jhonson
1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain Antonio Gaudi
1187 Crystal Palace, England Joseph Paxton
1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut Philip Jhonson

Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY
1189 Maurice de Sully
GOTHIC
1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain Antonio Gaudi
1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois Bruce Graham & SOM
1192 Woolworth Building, NY Cass Gilbert

1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma Frank Loyd Wright
1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia Barma & Posnik
1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France Le corbusuier
60/328
PREPARED BY:
Italian architect
1196 Member of Bauhaus Marcel Brever
Popularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
1197
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and
steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style.
Mies van de Rohe
Skin and bone construction.
1198
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the
classics and later in architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the ‘International Style’
Father figure of ‘Post Modernism.’
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
Philip Jhonson
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.
1199
professional name of Charles Édouard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect,
painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
“ The house is a machine to live in.”
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
The Swiss Building at the Cité Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932); Le corbusuier
Unité d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandìgarh, India
1200
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),
American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete
won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.
PHILOSOPHY:
Louis Khan
“ Searching for a materials want to be.”
WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richard’s Medical Center
61/328
PREPARED BY:
1201
French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
“ The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.”
“ Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.”
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
Perret Auguste
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow
1202
American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the
Frank Loyd Wright
greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.
1203
Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading
architects of the mid-20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ Function influences but does not dictate form.”
“Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.”
“Architecture is not just to fulfill man’s belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.”
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
Eero Saarinen
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis
1204
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.
Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower
PHILOSOPHY:
“ Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.”
Eliel Saarinen
WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland
62/328
PREPARED BY:
1205
Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of
reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural
problems.
Discovered “ferro-cemento”
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used
either for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the
layers of mortar & mesh.
Pier Luigi Nervi
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris
1206
American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the
late 20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the
modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the user’s taste;
Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.”
“ Less is Bore”
“More is More”
“ Modern movement was almost right” Robert Charles Venturi
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia
1207
Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs
for public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with
traditional Japanese forms.
Furyu
Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life. Kenzo Tange
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ Modern Architecture need not be Western.”
“ The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.”
1208 House of Michealerplatz, Vienna Adolf Loos
1209 Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland Alvar Aalto
1210 Notre Dame du Raincy, France Auguste Perret
1211 Sagrada de Familia Antonio Gaudi
1212 US Capitol, Washington DC Benjamin Latrobe
1213 Glasgow School of Art Charles Rennie Macintiosh
1214 Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur Cesar Pelli
63/328
PREPARED BY:
1215 Flatiron Building, NY Daniel Burnham
1216 Jewish Museum, Berlin Daniel Libeskind

1217 TWA Terminal Eero Saarinen
1218 Helsinki Railway Station Eliel Saarinen
1219 Los Manantiales, Mexico Felix Candela
1220 Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA Frank Gehry

1221 Taliesin West, Arizona Frank Loyd Wright
1222 Munich Olympic Stadium Frei Otto
1223 Tokyo, Japan Fumihiko Maki
1224 Eiffel Tower, Paris Gustave Eiffel
1225 Bank of China, Hong Kong Ieoh Ming Pei
1226 Sydney Opera House Jorn Utzon
1227 Chrystal Palace Joseph Paxton
1228 Fuji TV Headquarters Kenzo tange
1229 Auditorium Building, Chicago Louis Sullivan
1230 Salk Institute, California Louis Khan
1231 Unite d’ Habitacion, France Le corbusuier
1232 Catedral de Brasilia Oscar Niemeyer
1233 Seagram Building Mies van de Rohe
1234 Portland Building, Oregon Michael graves
1235 Habitat 67, Montreal Moshe Safdie
1236 London City Hall Norman Foster
1237 At & T Building, NY Philip Jhonson
1238 Lippo Building , Hong Kong Paul Rudolph

1239 Red House, England Philip Webb
1240 Max Reinhardt House, Germany Peter Eissenman

1241 Turin Exhibition Hall Pier Luigi Nervi
1242 Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia Renzo Piano
1243 Jubilee Church, Rome Richard Meier
64/328
PREPARED BY:
1244 CCTV China Reem Koolhaas
1245 Saginatobel Bridge Robert Mailaart

1246 El Auditorio de Tenerife Santiago Calatrava
1247 Church of the Light, Osaka Tadao Ando
1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY Willian Van Allen
1249 UN Building Wallace Harrison

Jacques Herzog and
1250 Allianz Arena Pierre de Meuron
1251 Lloyds Building, London Richard Rogers
1252 Torre Agbar Jean Nouvel
1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA Eero Saarinen
1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore DP Archts & Micheal

Wilford
1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB W.S. Atkins & partners
1256 HSBC Hongkong Lord Norman Robert Foster

JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88
1257 Height: 420.60 meters SOM
 design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese
1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York Minoru Yamasaki
1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN C.Y. lee & partners
1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain Frank Gehry
1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York Frank Loyd Wright
1262 John Hancock Center Chicago SOM

PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88
1263 Height: 452 meters Cesar Pelli
1264 THE LOUVRE IM pei
1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China Dennis Lau & NG Chun

Man
1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York SHREVE, HARMON &
LAMB
1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong Dennis Lau & NG Chun
Man
1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago Bruce Graham
1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong CESAR ANTONIO PELLI
1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio IM pei
1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China Shreve , Lamb & Harmon
1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C. IM pei
65/328
PREPARED BY:
1273 EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE Jacques Germain Souflot
1274 ST. PAUL’S CATHEDRAL, LONDON (1675-1710 Sir Christopher Wren

1275 ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND (1767-1775)
John Wood
1276 ROYAL
SEARS CHAPEL, THE PALACE
TOWER, CHICAGO OF VERSAILLES
(1947-1976) 110 STOREY(1707-1710)
NumberFRANCE
of floors: 110 Robert de Cotte
Height: 443 meters
1277  still the tallest building if the antennas are included Bruce Graham / SOM
 has the highest occupied floors
1278 1st Suspension Bridge Puente Colgante
1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building Masonic Temple, Escolta
1280 1st Mall in the Country Crystal Arcade, Escolta
1281 1st Prefabricate Structure San Sebastian Church
1282 1st School in the American Period Philippine Normal School
1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)

1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila PSB Building (Picache
Building)
1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator Manila Hotel
1286 1st Registered Architect Tomas Mapua
1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period Carlos Barretto
1288 1st Building to use an Elevator Burke Building, Escolta

(1910's)
1289 Metropolitan Theatre Juan Arelleno
1290 U.S.T. Main Building Roque Ruano
1291 F.E.U. Main Building Pablo Antonio
1292 Alejandro Legardo Daniel Doane
1293 Antonio Toledo Daniel Burnham
1294 Carlos Barretto S. Rowland
1295 Juan Arellano Harold Keys
1296 Tomas Mapua William Birt

1297 Mapua Institute of Technology 1925
1298 University of Santo Tomas 1930

1299 Adamson University 1941
1300 Adrian Wilson Rufino Tower
1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro Chaco Building (Philtrust)
66/328
PREPARED BY:
1302 Andres Luna de San Pedro Crystal Arcade (demolish)
1303 Andres Luna de San Pedro Department of Health

1304 Andres Luna de San Pedro Evangelista House
1305 Antonio Sindiong SM Megamall
1306 Antonio Sindiong VIP Building
1307 Antonio Toledo Department of Finance

1308 Antonio Toledo Department of Tourism
1309 Antonio Toledo Leyte Capitol
1310 Antonio Toledo Lyric Theatre (demolish)
1311 Antonio Toledo Manila City Hall
1312 Carlos Arguelles Manila Hilton

1313 Carlos Arguelles Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)
1314 Carlos Santos-Viola Iglesia ni Cristo
1315 Carlos Santos-Viola Nuestra Señora de Guia
1316 Carlos Santos-Viola Our Lady of Lourdes Church
1317 Cesar Concio Baclaran Church (Mother of

Perpetual Help)
1318 Cesar Concio Insular Life Building
1319 Cesar Concio Union Church
1320 Cesar Concio UP Melchor Hall
1321 Cesar Concio UP Palama Hall
1322 Chika Go, Desu Go World Trade Exchange
1323 Cresencio C. Castro Department of Foreign

Affairs (ADB)
1324 Cresencio C. Castro SM Makati
1325 Felipe Mendoza Ateneo de Manila University

1326 Felipe Mendoza Ateneo de Manila University
1327 Felipe Mendoza FEU Hospital

1328 Felipe Mendoza Mormon Temple
1329 Fernando Ocampo Ambassador Hotel
1330 Fernando Ocampo Manila Cathedral
67/328
PREPARED BY:
1331 Fernando Ocampo Philippine Women's

University
1332 Francisco Manosa Coconut Palace (Tahanang
Pilipino)
1333 Francisco Manosa Corregidor Island
Landscaping
1334 Francisco Manosa EDSA Shrine
1335 Francisco Manosa Metrorail Stations (LRT)
1336 Francisco Manosa Moonwalk Church

1337 Gabino de Leon UE Chapel (Recto)
1338 Gabriel Formoso Metropolitan Museum
1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners Glorietta
1340 Gabriel Formoso & Partners Greenbelt-3
1341 Gabriel Formoso & Partners Heritage Hotel

1342 Gabriel Formoso & Partners Manila Peninsula
1343 Gabriel Formoso & Partners Oakwood Towers
1344 Gabriel Formoso & Partners Prudential Bank Building
1345 Guillermo Tolentino Bonifacio Monument
1346 Jorge Ramos Manila Golden Mosque
1347 Jorge Ramos Philippine Heart Center
1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Batasan Pambansa
1349 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Don Bosco Chapel
1350 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Meralco Building
1351 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Philippine Airlines Building
1352 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Sta. Catalina College
1353 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Sto. Domingo Church
1354 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Union Church (demolish)

1355 Jose Ma. Zaragosa Virra Mall
1356 Juan Arellano Court of Appeals

1357 Juan Arellano Metropolitan Theatre
1358 Juan Arellano National Museum / Legilative

Building
1359 Juan Arellano Post Office Building
68/328
PREPARED BY:
1360 Juan Arellano Sariaya Municipal Hall
1361 Juan Arellano SMS Building

1362 Juan Arellano Supreme Court
1363 Juan Arellano Tayabas Capitol
1364 Juan Arellano UP Villamor Hall
1365 Juan Nakpil Capitan Pepe Building

1366 Juan Nakpil Elena Apartments
1367 Juan Nakpil Ever Theatre
1368 Juan Nakpil Manila Jockey Club
1369 Juan Nakpil Philippine Trust Building
1370 Juan Nakpil Quezon City Hall

1371 Juan Nakpil Quezon Institute
1372 Juan Nakpil Quiapo Church
1373 Juan Nakpil Rizal Theatre (demolish)
1374 Juan Nakpil Rufino Building
1375 Juan Nakpil San Carlos Seminary
1376 Juan Nakpil San Lazaro …..
1377 Juan Nakpil State Theatre
1378 Juan Nakpil UP Administration Bldg
1379 Juan Nakpil UP Library
1380 Leandro V. Locsin Ayala Triangle Tower-1
1381 Leandro V. Locsin CCP Theatre
1382 Leandro V. Locsin Citibank Building
1383 Leandro V. Locsin Cultural Center of the

Philippines
1384 Leandro V. Locsin Folk Art's Theatre
1385 Leandro V. Locsin Hyatt Regency Hotel

1386 Leandro V. Locsin Makati Stock Exhchange
1387 Leandro V. Locsin Malacañang Palace
1388 Leandro V. Locsin Mandarin Oriental Manila
69/328
PREPARED BY:
1389 Leandro V. Locsin Manila International Airport
1390 Leandro V. Locsin Philippine Stock Exchange

1391 Leandro V. Locsin UP Chapel
1392 Leandro V. Locsin Valle Verde Country Club
1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta Makati Medical Center
1394 Mañosa Brothers San Miguel Corporation

Center
1395 Manuel Go La Fayette 1 & 2
1396 Otilio Arellano Mehan Garden
1397 Otilio Arellano National Bureau of

Investigation
1398 Otilio Arellano San Juan Municipal Hall
1399 Pablo Antonio Bel-Air Apartment

1400 Pablo Antonio Conception Theatre
(demolish)
1401 Pablo Antonio FEU Main Building
1402 Pablo Antonio Forum Theatre
1403 Pablo Antonio Galaxy Theatre
1404 Pablo Antonio Ideal Theatre (demolish)
1405 Pablo Antonio Manila Bulletin Building
1406 Pablo Antonio Manila Polo Club
1407 Palafox & Associates Forbes Tower
1408 Palafox & Associates Rockwell Center
1409 Palafox & Associates SM Centerpoint
1410 Palafox & Associates SM Fairview
1411 Palafox & Associates SM Southmall
1412 Richard Kissling Rizal Monument

1413 Rogelio Villarosa College of St. Benilde
1414 Tomas B. Mapua CEU Main Building

1415 Tomas B. Mapua De La Salle University
1416 Tomas B. Mapua Mapua Residence
1417 Tomas B. Mapua PGH Nurse's Home
70/328
PREPARED BY:
1418 Walter Gropius U.S.T. Engineering Building

(Sun Breaker)
1419 William Coscolluela JAKA Tower
1420 William Coscolluela Robinson Tower /Building
1421 William Coscolluela Robinson's Galleria
1422 William Coscolluela Robinson's PCI Tower
1423 William Coscolluela Robinson's Place

1424 William Coscolluela SM Cebu
1425 William Coscolluela SM City EDSA
1426 William Coscolluela Tutuban Mall
1427 William Coscolluela Twin Towers
1428 William Coscolluela The World Center

1429 William Coscolluela World Trade Center
1430 William Parson Army Navy Club
1431 William Parson Manila Hotel
1432 William Parson Normal School
1433 William Parson PGH (Philippine General

Hospital)
1434 William Parson UP Manila
1435 William Parson YMCA Arroceros
1436 Leandro Locsin (PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco

Building
1437 Recio Casas/ KPF LKG Tower
1438 Gabriel Formoso Manila Peninsula
1439 Gabriel Formoso Prudential Bank Ayala
1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)
1441 Antonio Sindiong Ritz Towers

1442 Antonio Sindiong Pacific Plaza
1443 Adrian Wilson Rufino Tower

1444 Juan Nakpil Rufino Building
1445 GF and Partners Shangrila Hotel Ayala
1446 Franciso Mañosa Ateneo Professional Schools

Building
71/328
PREPARED BY:
1447 William Coscolluela Atrium
1448 GF and Partners Greenbelt

1449 Recio Casas Greenbelt 2
1450 Leandro Locsin Greenbelt Chapel
1451 GF and Partners / SOM Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)
1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM Philamlife Tower

1453 Gabriel Formoso BA Lepanto
1454 Anonio Sindiong China Bank Building
1455 Gabriel Formoso Asian Institute of

Management
1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi Citibank Tower
1457 Gabriel Formoso Doña Narcisa De Leon

Building
1458 Engracio Mariano New World Hotel
(Renaissance)
1459 Gabriel Formoso Hotel Nikko Manila Garden
(Dusit Hotel)
1460 Rogelio Villarosa King's Court II
1461 Rogelio Villarosa Makati Sports Club
1462 Angel Nakpil PLDT Dela Rosa
1463 Recio Casas Shangrila Grand Tower
1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza RCBC Buendia
1465 Antonio Sindiong Metrobank Buendia
1466 Gabriel P. Formoso Pacific Star
1467 RMJM The Columns Buendia
1468 Carlos Arguelles Development Bank of the

Philippines
1469 Antonio Sindiong Le Metropole
1470 Leandro Locsin St. Andrews Church

1471 Palafox/ SOM Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo
East West)
1472 Gabriel Formoso Coco Bank Makati
1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza Don Bosco Chapel
1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Manila Polo Club
1475 Mañosa Brothers Colegio de San Agustin
72/328
PREPARED BY:
1476 William Coscolluela Galleria De Magallanes
1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia Magallanes Church

1478 GF and Partners 1322 Roxas
1479 Fernando Ocampo Admiral Apartments
1480 Leandro V. Locsin Cultural Center of the

Philippines
1481 Leandro V. Locsin CCP Theater
1482 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Boulevard-Alhambra Building
now Bel-Air Apartments
1483 Antonio Toledo Department of Finance
1484 Cresencio De Castro Department of Foreign

Affairs ADB
1486 Francisco Mañosa Coconut Palace

1487 Leandro V. Locsin PICC
1488 Leandro V. Locsin Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)
1489 Froilan Hong Manila Film Center/ Film

Center of the Philippines
Folk Arts Theater /
1490 Leandro V. Locsin Tanghalang Francisco
Balagtas
1491 Jorge Ramos GSIS Building CCP
1492 Leandro Locsin National Arts Center
1493 Leandro Locsin PHILCITE
1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso Manila Hilton
1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation) Fort San Antonio De Abad
1496 Carlos Santos-Viola Nuestra Señora de Guia
1497 Alfredo Luz Magsaysay Center
1498 Gabriel Formoso Central Bank of the

Philippines
1499 Rogelio Villarosa Grand Boulevard Hotel
(Silahis Int'l)
1500 Carlos Arguelles Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)
1501 Leandro V. Locsin Hyatt Regency Hotel

1502 William Parsons Museo Pambata (Elks Club
Building)
1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin Manila Hotel
1504 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Monterey Apartment
73/328
PREPARED BY:
1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews Manila Midtown Hotel
1506 Cesar Concio Baclaran Church (Mother of

Perpetual Help Church)
1507 Leandro Locsin Manila International Airport
(NAIA 1)
1508 Jose Ma. Zaragoza Philippine Airlines Bldg
1509 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Galaxy Theater
1510 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Ideal Theater

1511 Angel Nakpil Picache Building
1512 Juan Nakpil Philippine Trust Building

(Plaza Goiti)
1513 Juan Nakpil Quiapo Church
1514 Carlos Arguelles PNB Escolta
1515 Juan Nakpil Avenue Theater

1516 Jose Ma. Zaragoza Casino Español
1517 Galvan Instituto Cervantes
1518 Fernando Ocampo Ambassador Hotel
1519 Fernando Ocampo Arguelles Building
1520 Fernando Ocampo Paterno Building Sta. Cruz
1521 William Parsons Army Navy Club
1522 Juan Hervas Assumption Convent
1523 Juan Nakpil Capitol Theater
1524 Juan Nakpil Ever Theater
1525 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Galaxy Theater
1526 Antonio Toleda Lyric Theater
1527 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Ideal Theater
1528 Federico Ilustre GSIS Building

1529 Andres Luna de San Pedro Perez- Samanillo Building
1530 Angel Nakpil Petrona Apartments

1531 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Captain Luis Gonzaga
Building
1532 Juan Nakpil Captain Pepe Building
1533 Antonio Sindiong Cebe Plaza Building
74/328
PREPARED BY:
1535 Juan Arellano Metropolitan Theater

1536 Otilio Arellano Mehan Garden
1537 William Parsons Museo ng Maynila
1538 Antonio Toledo Manila City Hall
1539 Jose Ma. Zaragoza National Library

1540 Juan Arellano Post Office Building
1541 Federico Ilustre Planetarium
1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane National Museum (Old

Legislative Building)
1543 Andres Luna de San Pedro Crystal Arcade
1544 Andres Luna de San Pedro Regina Building

1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo Philippine Normal School/
Philippine Normal University
1546 Tomas B. Mapua De La Salle University
1547 Tomas B. Mapua Nurses Home (PGH)
1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin PGH
1549 Otilio Arellano National Burieau of

Investigation
1550 Cesar Canchela Manila Astral Tower
1551 Antonio Toledo Department of Tourism

(agriculture and commerce)
1552 Luis Araneta Manila Doctors Hospital
1553 Carlos Arguelles Philam Life UN Ave.
1554 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. Ramon Roces Publications

Building
1555 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. FEU Building
1556 Felipe Mendoza FEU Hospital
1557 Gabriel Formoso PLDT España

1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano Gota De Leche
1559 Alfredo Luz Far East Bank Intramuros

1560 Fernando Ocampo Manila Cathedral
1561 Juan Hervas Manila Highschool
1562 Otilio Arellano Palacio del Gobernador
75/328
PREPARED BY:
1563 Angel Nakpil National Press Club
1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Mañosa (restoration) San Agustin Church

1565 Victorio C. Edades Phoenix Building
1566 Rogelio Villarosa Philippine Columbian

Clubhouse
1567 Juan Hervas Manila Railroad Station
Tutuban
1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo Ali Mall
1569 Dominador Lugtu Araneta Coliseum
1570 Felipe Mendoza Ateneo De Manila University
1571 Felipe Mendoza Batasan Pambansa

Melchor Hall (College of
1572 Cesar Concio Engineering and
Architecture)
1573 Antonio Toledo Benitez Hall ( College of
Education)
1574 Juan Nakpil Quezon Hall (UP Admin)
1575 Cesar Concio Palma Hall (UP Arts and

Science)
1576 Guillermo Tolentino Bonifacio Monument
1577 Gabriel Formoso Central Bank of the

Philippines
1578 Jorge Ramos Philippine Heart Center
Children's Memorial
1579 Cesar Concio Hospital / Lungsod ng
Kabataan Hospital
1580 Carlos Arguelles Philam Homes QC
1581 Carlos Santos-Viola Iglesia ni Kristo

Commonwealth
1582 William Coscolluela Quezon City Sports Club
1583 Juan Nakpil Quezon Institute
1584 Federico Ilustre Quezon Memorial
1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa Alexandra Condominium
1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM Asian Development Bank

1587 Philip Recto One Corporate Center
1588 Art Alcantara Tiendesita's

1589 William Coscolluela Robinson's Galleria
1590 Leandro V. Locsin Benguet Center
1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi Renaissance 1000
76/328
PREPARED BY:
1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi Renaissance 2000
1593 Felipe Mendoza Development Academy of

the Philippnes
1594 Philip Recto One San Miguel
1595 Mañosa Brothers San Miguel Building
1596 RR Payumo Discovery Suites
1597 Carlos Santos-Viola Our Lady of Lourdes Church

1598 Rogelio Villarosa Tektite Towers
1599 Francisco Mañosa JMT Tower
1600 Antonio Sindiong SM Megamall
1601 Rogelio Villarosa EDSA Plaza Hotel
1602 Francisco Mañosa EDSA Shrine

1603 GF and Partners/ KPF GT Tower
1604 William Coscolluela Wack-Wack Twin Towers
1605 Francisco Mañosa Medical City Hospital
1606 Jose Ma. Zaragoza Meralco Building
1607 Nick Feliciano Loyola Memorial Chapel
1608 Francisco Mañosa Metro Rail Transit Stations

(MRT)
1609 Felipe Mendoza Mormon Temple
1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio Club Filipino
1611 William V. Coscolluela One Beverly Place
1612 Pablo S. Antonio Sr. White Cross Orphanage also

White Cross Preventarium
1613 Recio Casas Bellagio 1 and 2
1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei Essensa Tower
1615 GF and Partners Serendra

1616 Gabriel Formoso Alabang Golf and Country
Club
1617 William Coscolluela Alabang 400
1618 G and W Insular Life Alabang
1619 Francisco Mañosa Las Piñas Church

Restoration
1620 Francisco Mañosa Mary Immculate Parish
Church
77/328
PREPARED BY:
1621 Felipe Mendoza Assumption College Antipolo
1622 Francisco Mañosa Corregidor Island

1623 Leandro V. Locsin Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of
Religious Light)
1624 Mañosa Brothers Maya-Maya Resort
1625 Francisco Mañosa Pearl Farm
1626 Juan Arellano Negros Occidental Provincial

Capitol
1627 Gabriel Formoso Valley Golf Club
1628 Temple of Luxor
1629 Abu Simbel
1630 Pyramid of King Zoser

Imhotep
1631 The Great Pyramid
1632 Partheon Itchinus, Callicarates , with

Phidias
1633 Erechtheum
Mnesicles
1634 Epidaurus Theater
Polykleitos
1635 The Pantheon
Acrippa
1636 Trajan's Forum
Apollodorus of Damascus
1637 Colosseum
Vespacian and Domitian
1638 White House
James Hoban
1639 Capitol of the United States
Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
1640 National Gallery Of Art
John Russel Pope
1641 Washington Monument
Robert Mills
1642 University of Virginia
Thomas Jefferson
1643 Massachusetts State House
Charles Bulfinch
1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral
James Renwick
1645 Connecticut State Capitol
Richard Upjohn
1646 Monticallo
Thomas Jefferson
1647 New York City Hall
Pierre L'enfant
1648 Fallingwater
Frank Lloyd Wright
1649 Guggenheim Museum
Frank Lloyd Wright
78/328
PREPARED BY:
1650 Coonley House

Frank Lloyd Wright
1651 Ennis House
Frank Lloyd Wright
1652 Johnson Wax Building
Frank Lloyd Wright
1653 Larkin Building
Frank Lloyd Wright
1654 Wingspread
Frank Lloyd Wright
1655 Golden Gate Bridge
Joseph Strauss
1656 The Louvre
Peirre Lescot
1657 Tuileries
1658 Palais Royal
1659 Sacre-coeur
Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
1660 Hotel de Ville
Domencio de Cortona
1661 Arc de Triomphe
1662 Pompidou Centre Richrad Rogers, Renzo

Piano
1663 Notre Dame de Paris
Maurice de Sully
1664 ParisOpera House
Charles Garnier
1665 Elysee Palace
Claude Mollet
1666 Hotel de Invalides
1667 La Madelaine
Napoleon I
1668 Sorbonne
1669 Charles Cathedral
1670 Amien's Cathedral
1671 Rheims Cathedral
1672 Eiffel Tower

Gustave Eiffel
1673 Notre Dame du Haut
Le Corbusier
1674 Villa Savoye
Le Corbusier
1675 Burgtheater Gottfried Semper with Karl
Von Hasenaver
1676 Berlin Opera House Georg Wenzeslaus Von
Knobelsdorf
1677 Wurzburg Residenz
Balthazar Neumann
1678 Einstein Tower
Erich Mendelsohn
79/328
PREPARED BY:
1679 British Moseum

Sir Robert Smirke
1680 Salisbury Cathedral
1681 Queen's House

Inigo Jones
1682 Somerset House
William Chambers
1683 St. Paul's Cathedral
Sir Christopher Wren
1684 Chiswick House
Lord Burlington
1685 Westminster Palace
Sir Charles Barry
1686 Glasgow School of Art
Charles Rennie Mackintosh
1687 Durham cathedral
1688 Buckingham Palace

Sir George Goring
1689 Temple of Heaven
1690 Hagia Sofia

Isidoros and Anthemios
1691 Cathedral of Siena
1692 Pisa Cathedral
1693 Florence Cathedral

Arnolfo di Cambio
1694 Krak des Chevaliers
1695 Alhambra
1696 Casa Batllo

Antonio Gaudi
1697 Casa Mila
Antonio Gaudi
1698 Sagrada Familia
Antonio Gaudi
1699 Taj Mahal
Emperor Shah Jahan
1700 Paoay Church
Antonio Estavillo
1701 Vigan Church
1702 Santa Maria Church

Benigno Fernandez
1703 Tumauini Church
1704 Angat Church
1705 Barasoain Church
1706 San Sebastian Church

Genaro Palacios
1707 San Augustine Church
Juan Macias
80/328
PREPARED BY:
1708 Taal Church

Fray Marcos Anton
1709 Daraga Church
1710 Miagao Church
1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica

Fray Juan de Albarran
1712 PBCom Tower
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
1713 Petron Mega Plaza
1714 G.T. International Tower Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio
Casas
1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower
HOK
1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio
Casas
1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2
Arquitectonica
1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2
1719 Petronas Tower
Cesar Pelli & Associates
1720 Sears Tower
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
1721 Jin Mao Building
1722 Plaza Rakyat
1723 Empire State Building
Shreve Lamb & Harmon
1724 Central Plaza Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
and Associates
1725 Bank of China
I.M. Pei & Partners
1726 Emirates Tower I
NORR Group Consultants
1727 The Center
1728 T & C Tower Hellmuth, Obata &

Kassabuam/Cy Lee
1729 AON Center
Edward D. Stone &
1730 John Hancock Center
1731 Shun Hing Square
K.Y. Cheung Design
1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel
Tom Wright of WS Atkins
1734 Baiyoke Tower 2
Plan Architect Co.
1735 Chrysler Building
William Van Allen
1736 Bank of American Palza
Johnson/Burgee Architects
81/328
PREPARED BY:
1737 Library Tower

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ
Hijjas Kasturi Associates
1739 AT & T Corporate Center
Peter Ellis, SOM
1740 Chase Tower
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
1741 Ryugyong Hotel Baikdoosan Architects
&Engineers
1742
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for “… his outstanding
talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually
well designed and conscientiously executed ” 1. Geronimo Reyes Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
4. Manila Jockey Club Juan Nakpil
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)
1743
o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:
1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
4. Far Eastern University Building Pablo Antonio
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)
1744
o Most prolific artist-designer
o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
3. Metropolitan Theatre Juan Arellano
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)
1745
Federico Ilustre
1746 o Master of Neoclassicist style

o Among the first architect-educators
o Assistant to William Parsons
o Buildings:
Antonio Toledo
1. Cebu Custom House
2. National Museum Building
3. City Hall of Manila
82/328
PREPARED BY:
1747
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building)) Cesar Concio
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Children’s Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz
1748 Carlos Arguelles
1749 William Parson
1750 Fernando Ocampo
1751
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)
 Reliance Building, Chicago
 Monadnock Building, Chicago
 Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines
 Prepared site for
Daniel Burnham
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office
1752
 Implementation of D. Burnham’s plans William Parson
1753
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans
o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
Arcadio Arellano
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines
1754
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the “El Nido” style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
3. Crystal Arcade Andres Luna de san Pedro
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???
1755 1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world
1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)

Leandro Locsin
1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture
1758 he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace
1759 the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public
Works
Tomas Mapua
1760 his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest
architectural school in the country
83/328
PREPARED BY:
1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines
1762 o Public administrator; advocated “Building Code of Manila” Tomas Arguelles

o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)
1763 o Pioneering Staff of “Division of Architecture” Carlos Baretto
1764 Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco façade through the high-
pitch roof in the central building
1765 Quiapo Church
1766 The Ever Theater – the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas
1768 Rizal Home Restoration Juan Nakpil
1769 Bonifacio Monument
1770 SSS Bldg
1771 Sn Miguel Church
1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music
1773 Phil. National bank
1774 Manila Railroad Company Pablo Antonio
1775 FEU
1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)

Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics
1777 in the Philippines, exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as
detailing : tropical fruits and flora motifs, bamboo banister railings, carved banana and
1778 mango ceiling relief, and Batik mosaic patterns
Rizal Memorial
1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio Juan Arellano
1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)
1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle – neoclassicism
1782 Supreme Court
1783 Quezon Memorial Circle
1784 OLD MIA
1785 GSIS Federico Ilustre
1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg
1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok
1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)
1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

Antonio Toledo
84/328
PREPARED BY:
Antonio Toledo
1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1791 Finance Bldg
1792 Baclaran Church
1793 US Protestant Church
1794 Perpetual Help Church Cesar Concio
1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.
1796 Childrens Hospital
1797 ABS CBN QC
1798 DBP - Makati
1799 Manila Hilton Carlos Arguelles
1800 UPLB Masterplan
1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center
1802 Malacanang
1803 Manila Hotel

William Parson
1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua)
1805 Phil. Normal college
1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation
1807 UST Chapel

Fernando Ocampo
1808 Antipolo Church
1809
1810 Baguio
1811 1. Manila Hotel

Luneta Park Daniel Burnham
2. Army & Navy Club
1812 3.
Old
Philippine General Hospital
CongressNormal
Bldg. (Legislative Bldg)
4. Philippine School
5. Women’s Dormitory of the Normal School
1813 6. University Hall of the University of the Philippipnes (Padre Faura) William Parson
7. YMCA building
1814 8. Elk’s Club Arcadio Arellano
9. Manila Club
1815 10. “Gabaldon” schoolhouse, most visible, 5 prototypes
Manila POLO Club
1816 FEU Main Bldg
Pablo Antonio
1817 Lyric Ideal Theather
1818 Jai Alai
85/328
PREPARED BY:
1819 Central bank of the Philippines

Gabriel Formoso (GF)
1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati
1821 San Agustin Church Antonio Herrera
1822 UST Main Bldg Fr. Roque Roano
1823 Araneta Coliseum Rufino Antonio
1824 Sto. Domingo Church

Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)
1826 Iglesia ni Kristo
1827 New Era

Carlos Santos Viola
1828 Rustans QC
1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction

Renato Punzalan ( 1995
1830 Vista De Loro
UAP design Awardee for
Architecture)
1831 San Beda Chapel
1832 1. Legarda Elementary School – French renaissance
1833 2. Rafael Fernandez House – French renaissance and official residence of Corazon
Aquino during her presidency
1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building – art deco and modern style Andres Luna de san Pedro
1835 4. Crystal Arcade – art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping
mall
1836 5. Perkin’s House – also known as “El Nido” (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manila’s
1925 House Beautiful Contest
1837 Malacanang residence
1838 UP Catholic Chapel
1839 St. Andres Church - Makati
1840 Mandarin hotel
1841 Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) – the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which
reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
Leandro Locsin
1842 National Arts Center
1843 NAIA
1844 Manila Hotel , New
1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc
1846 Edsa Shrine

Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double
1847 roof reminiscent of the salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window
borrowed from the bahay kubo Francisco Manosa
86/328
PREPARED BY:
Francisco Manosa
1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration
1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas
1850 Antonio Pacific
1851 Pacific Plaza
1852 Ali Mall Antonio Sidiong
1853 SM
1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas
1855 Tektite Tower
1856 National Bookstores
1857 Shangrila Edsa Plaza

Rogelio Villarosa
1858 Shangrila Makati
1859 Kings Court 1 & 2
1860 Silahis Hotel
1861 Stella Maris College
1862 Manila Doctors Hospital

Luis Araneta
1863 Times Theater
1864 Makati Med. Center
1865 Quezon City Hall Ruperto Gaite
1866 De La salle University

Tomas Mapua
1867 Nurses Home
1868 • UY-CHACO building
1869 Tomas Arguelles
1870 Carlos Baretto

o Magsaysay Center
1871 o WHO building Alfredo Luz
o Ermita Center
1872 Robinson's Galeria William Coscolluela
1873 Quiapo Mosque

Jorge Ramos
1874 Phil. Heart center
1875 Meralco Building Jose Zaragosa

o Feati University Building
1876 o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs) Fernando Ocampo
o UST seminary building
87/328
PREPARED BY:
• PLDT TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
• 6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
• CITIBANK TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City
(PRS) PIMENTEL,
1877 • AYALA LIFE FGU, Ayala avenue, Makati City
RODRIGUEZ, SIMBULAN &
• EQUITABLE BANK TOWERS,
PATNERS
1878 • RENNAISANCE 2000
•• PACIFIC
AYALA TOWER 1, Ayala Avenue,
PLAZA TOWERS
RENNAISANCE TOWERS, Makati City
Fort Bonifacio (consultant: S.O.M.)
(arquitectonica) LOCSIN & PARTNERS
• ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)
1879 • KINGSWOOD, Vito Cruz, Makati City RECIO + CASAS
•• GT INTERNATIONAL
MANANSALA TOWER,TOWER,
RockwellAyala avenue,
center, MakatiMakati
City City
1880 • OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE GABRIEL FORMOSO &
• PBCOM TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City PARTNERS
• PETRON, MEGAPLAZA
1881 • JIN MAO TOWER SOM
• ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)
1882 • FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited) Palafox
1883 • ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas Recto
1884 • ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr) PEI COBB FREED &
PARTNERS
1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan ROMAN Dalinao
1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte Joseph Ruiz
1887 Las Pinas Church Fr. Diego cera

1888 Loboc Church Bohol
1889 Manila Cathedral Salazar
1890 Miagao Church, iloilo Comporedando & Gonzales
1891 Morong Church, Rizal dela Madre
1892 Panay Church, Rizal
1893 Quiapo Church restored by Nakpil &

zaragosa
1894 San Agustin Church Macias
1895 World Trade Center – Minoro Yamasaki
1896 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1897 Carlos Arguelles
1898 Edmundo Lucero

Hezagon Architects
1899 Francisco Fajardo
1900 Gavino de Leon
1901 Cezar de dios
1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture

PRC Awardee 1996
1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner
88/328
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
1 It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying

Bearing wall system
space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
2 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
Rigid component
period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
3 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
Flexible component
period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
4 Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal
200 mm
outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
5
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be
available for inspection during the progress of work and _______
2 years
years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the
inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)
6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars

6 db
(NSCP 407.30)
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars
8 db
(NSCP 407.30)
8 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must
25mm
be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
9 In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,
clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? 1.50 db
(NSCP 407.7.3)
10
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary
flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times 450 mm
wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)
11 Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as

one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 4
407.7.6.1)
12 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:
36 mm
(NSCP 407.7.6.3)
13 Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of
flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least 40 db
____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
14 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed
75 mm
to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
15 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:
20 mm
(NSCP 407.8.1)
16 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for
0.90'
flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
17 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for
0.85'
shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
18 The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported
L / 20
at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
19 The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous
L / 24
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
20 The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous
L / 28
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
21 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10
22 Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear

0.40'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
23 Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear
0.75'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
24 Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of
d/2
non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
89/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
25 Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less

300 mm
than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
26 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or
Braced Frame
eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
27 Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit
Diaphragm
lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
28 Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by
Moment resisting frame
flexure:
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of
29 ________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and 25%
warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
30 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%
50%
slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)
31 Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the
excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building
10 days
not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP
302.2.4)
32 Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than
50%
____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)
33 The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
0.60m
boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
34 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
6.00 m
boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
35 In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not
embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly
200 mm
compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?
(NSCP 305.7.3)
36 In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column
not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate 15 mpa
strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
37 When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on
soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover 150 mm
shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
38 Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon
wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, 50 kpa
provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
39 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the 12 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
40 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the 16 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
41 Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to
seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be
capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal 10%
force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)
42 Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally
1.50m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
43 Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally
3,0 m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
44 The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be
30 times
_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)
45 Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive
17.50 mpa
strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
90/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
46 Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength

20 mpa
Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
47 The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast
75 mm
concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
48 Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified
35 mpa
compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
49 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?
250 mm
(NSCP 307.6.3)
50 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
51 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to Miscellaneous
what type of occupancy? occupancy
52 Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students
Special occupancy
fall to what type of occupancy?
53 Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or
Hazardous facility
explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?
54 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
L / 360
live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)
55 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
L / 240
dead load and live load only.
56 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least
2 times
_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
57 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least
1. 5 times
______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
58 As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane
load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel
25%
load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine
the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
59 The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically
powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the
20%
rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.
(NSCP 206.9.4)
60 The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge
cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the 10%
max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
61 This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of
frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally P-delta effect
displaced building frame.
62 A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the
Weak Storey
storey above is considered as __________.
63 Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are
necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified Essential Facilities
as ___________.
64 A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral
forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing Diaphragm
system.
65 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral
Braced Frame
forces of a building.
66 Constructing a highrise building requires concrete that can easily
be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will
provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and Plasticizer
produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very
little vibration
67 The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved
2 years
after the completion of the project for at least _________.
91/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
68 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 Kg
69 A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with

aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air Shotcrete
pressure of lining tunnels.
70 If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no
longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its Limit state
__________.
71 A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden
and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses Metal Fatigue
applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.
72 The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression
Buckling load
assumes a deflected position.
73 It is a point within the structure at which a member
(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment Hinge
in the member at that point.
74 It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the
Semi-continuous beam
other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
75 15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition
locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in 1000 pa
addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
76 The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of
Uplift pressure
a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.
77 The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform
thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,
Eyebar
with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in
the head and the body.
78 A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed
compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding Riprap
effects of the flowing water.
79 A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded
plateshose thicknesses are small compared to Thin shell
their other dimensions.
80 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
Overturning moment
other horizontal forces on a building.
81 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
Sway brace
other horizontal forces on a building.
82 This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads
on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, Grillage foundation
one on top of other, at right angles.
83 Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to
reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common Soil Stabilization
methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction
84 A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to
collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer Sump pit
pipe.
85 It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges
Gerber beam
in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
86 An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the
Seismometer
ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.
87 The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry
imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake Liquefaction
particularly when water table saturates this layer.
88 It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or
Lintel beam
window to carry the wall over opening.
92/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
89 For any given granular material, the steepest angle with

horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that Angle of repose
will not slide.
90 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%
80%
open. (NSCP 207)
91 Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean
18 m
roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
92 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is
1.15
equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
93 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal
1,15
to?
94 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy
1
structures is equal to?
95 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is
0.87
equal to?
96 Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
falls on what exposure category for wind Exposure A
loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
97 Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than
Exposure C
9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
98 Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water
for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for Exposure D
wind loading?
99 Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with
numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family Exposure B
dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
100 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250
103 In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual

strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than 3.50 mpa
_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
104 Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed
_______times the least width b of compression flange or face. 50 times
(NSCP 410.5.10)
105 For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it
shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to
0.30
_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is
being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)
106 For members whose design is based on compressive force, the
slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________? 200
(NSCP 502.8.1)
107 For members whose design is based on tensile force, the
300
slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
108 For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area 0.45 fy
of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.
109 Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress
0.60 fy
shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
110 For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the
pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than 2/3.
_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)
93/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
111 For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to

provide for relative movement between connected parts while under
0.80mm
full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than
______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
112 The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent
welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section 600 mm.
shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
113 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not
140 mm
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
114 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not
200 mm
exceed ________.
115 For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members
with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to .66 fy
web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
116 For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non
compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable .60 fy
bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
117 Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be 300 mm
spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
118
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the
transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the
concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without 75%
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.
119 Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral 25 mm

concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)
120 The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
6 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
121 The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
8 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
122 Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag
bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn 26.70 kn
of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
123 The connections at ends of tension or compression members in
trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less
than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a
50%
smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)
124 When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the
spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting 900 mm
beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
125 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater
8mm
than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
126 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is 3mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
127 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 6mm
12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
94/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
128
A property of a material that enables it to undergo
plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a
desirable property of structural material since plastic ductility
material since plastic behavior is an indicator of
reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of
impending failure.
129
In structural design ________________is considered
as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The one way slab
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.
130 It is an external shear force at a cross section of a

beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to
transverse shear
the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of
the section.
131 The structural term which critical point at which a
column carrying its critical buckling load, may either
bifurcation
buckle or remain undeflected. The column is
therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.
132 In concrete protection for reinforcement
___________mm is the standard minimum thickness
20mm
for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.
133 An instrument for measuring minute deformation in
a test specimen caused by tension, compression, stain gauge
bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.
134 For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum 24 ksi
allowable stress (Fb) for bending is.
135
It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened
to develop greater moment resistance.
The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping haunch
its length in response to the moment and shear
values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.
136
Program Evaluation
Review Technique-
What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?
Critical
Path Method
137 They maybe categorized as building or non building.

It is an assembleage designed to support gravity structure
loads and resist lateral forces.
138 It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to
conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the rainwater leader
ground. It is another term for down spout,
139
The area where water is pumped from within to
permit free access to the area. A temporary
watertight enclosure around an area of water or
coffer dam
water bearing soil, in which construction is to take
place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the
foundation level of new construction.
140 A membrane structure that is placed in tension and

net structure
stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.
95/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
141
A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a
wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks, castellated beam
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.
142 A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed

between compression members to directly support suspension structure
applied loads.
143 One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of stiffener
web plate to solidify it against buckling.
144 Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid
connection between two broader, parallel parts, as web
the flanges of the structural shape.
145 A high tension bolt having splined and twists off
tension control bolt
when required torque has been reached.
146 The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic
motion of an elastic body or medium when forced Vibration
from a position or state of equilibrium.
Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind
147 and support wall cladding Girt
materials.
148 A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length. Struts
149
Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide
double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and
the wind load acting on the Mullion
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very
large and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.
150 Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface,

typically a region bounded by a Area
closed curve.
151 The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic
deformation, causing it to deform Yield strength
permanently.
152 In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a

structural element subjected to an Bending
external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.
153 Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important
event. They are frequently used Monument
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
154 A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant
throughout the structure's Dead Load
life.
155 Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform
Shear and bending
structural design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a
moment diagram
given point of an element.
156 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
75mm
407.8.1)
157 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is
Braced frame
provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
96/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
158
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear
159 In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in
poured footings, the concrete shall 15 mpa
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( Class "A"
161 In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a

structural member subjected to high
compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is
less than the ultimate Buckling
compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure
is also described as failure due
to elastic instability.
162 What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other Shear
so as to remain parallel?
163 periodic reversal of stresses fatigue
164 elongation of material subject to axial force strain

165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam deflection
166
A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as? eccentrically loaded
167 concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according

long column
to code requirements, because of its slenderness
168 projected beyond it supports cantilevered
169
state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced equillibrium
170
What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is
neutral axis
no tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?
171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? ultimate strength
172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero maximum moment
173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body Torque
174 – unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in

yield point
the load
175 tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to vertical shear
an adjacent part
176 in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted working stress
under working loads by codes and specifications
177 It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis. moment
178 state of rest or motion inertia –
179 ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding stiffness

displacement
180
It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast
lift slab
usually at ground level and then raised into position by jacking.
181 – concrete floor system which has no beam flatslab
It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP
1 Bearing wall system
208.20)
97/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal
2 Rigid component
to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60
3 Flexible Component
sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of
4 200 mm
not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection
during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and
5 2 years
shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP
403.20)
6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 6 db
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 8 db
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between

8 1.50 db
longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement
9 shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? 450 mm
(NSCP 407.7.5)
Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united
10 4 pcs
to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)
11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) 36mm
Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
12 40 db
terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
13 75 mm
407.8.1)
14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) 20 mm
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial
15 0.9
loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion:
16 0.85
(NSCP 409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is:
17 L / 20
(NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP
18 L / 24
409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP
19 L / 28
409.6.2)
20 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10
Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
21 0.4
(NSCP 410.8.10)
98/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
22 0.75
(NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed
23 d/2
member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP
24 300 mm
412.3.1)
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is

25 Braced Frame
provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the

26 Diaphragm
vertical resisting elements:
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by Moment Resisting
27
flexure: Frame
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live
28 25%
load shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) 50%
Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify
30 in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such 10 days
excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)
Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP
31 50%
302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP
32 .60 m
302.4.3)
33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) 6 m.
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
34 footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than 200 mm
_____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in
35 poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. 15 mpa
(NSCP 305.7.3)
When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be
36 completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the 150 mm
bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel
37 plates placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed 50 kpa
____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted
38 12 mm
to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted
39 16 mm
to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall
be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or
40 10%
compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column
vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)
Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
41 1.50 m.
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
99/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
42 3.0 m
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average
43 30 times
diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1
Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
44 17.50 mpa
______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
45 20 mpa
_____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to
46 75 mm
center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of
47 35 mpa
not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) 250 mm
49 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Misc. Occupancy
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students
51 Special Occupancy
fall to what type of occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or
52 Hazardous Facility
substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP
53 L / 360
107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load
54 L / 240
only. (NSCP 104.2.2)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral
55 2 times
force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the
56 1.5 times
overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered
57 monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased 25%
by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be
58 calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of 20%
the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)
The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand
59 geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. 10%
(NSCP 206.9.5
60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) 80%
Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than
61 18 m
or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) 1.15
63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to? 1.15
64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? 1
65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? 0.87
100/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
66 Exposure A
falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what
67 Exposure C
exposure category for wind loading?
Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at
68 Exposure D
least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely
69 spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what Exposure B
exposure category for wind loading?
70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250 kph
In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of

73 3.50 mpa
2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width
74 50 times
b of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)
For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to

75 take the radius of gyration equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction 0.3
of stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20
For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r
76 200
preferably should not exceed ________?
For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r
77 300
preferably should not exceed _________.
For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin
78 .45 fy
connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)
Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed
79 0.60 fy
_______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis
80 of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. 2/3
(NSCP 504.4.2.1)
For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative
movement between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole
81 0.80mm
shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP
504.4.2.3)
The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two
82 rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 600 mm
505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________.
83 140 mm
(NSCP 505.5.80)
84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________. 200 mm
101/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections
85 where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is .66 fy
_________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section
86 requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP .60 fy
506.4.1.1)
Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than
87 300 mm
______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite
section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for
88 75%
construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength
Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering.

89 25 mm
(NSCP 509.5.8)
The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of
90 6 dia. Of connector
supporting composite beam is ____________.
The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis
91 8 dia. Of connector
of supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)
Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be
92 26.7
designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop

the force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength
93 50
of the member unless a smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that
considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)
When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear
94 connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed 900
_______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is
95 8 mm
________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP
96 3 mm
510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is
97 6 mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members

98 P- Delta Effect
induced by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced building frame.
A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is
99 Weak Storey
considered as __________.
Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency
100 Essential facilities
post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.
102/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
101 Diaphragm
resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.
102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Braced Frame
Constructing a highrise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What
type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the
103 Plasticizer
requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate
and needs very little vibration
The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of
104 2 years
the project for at least
105 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 kg.
A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than
106 Shotcrete
10mm originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels
If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended
107 function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________. Limit State
A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a
ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great
108 Metal Fatigue
number of times.
??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance “d” apart), of the same
109 magnitude but ??? Couple
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected
110 position. Buckling Load
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to
eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point.
111 Hinge
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting
112 beyond a fixed support. Semi-Continous Beam
Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to
113 change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly 1000 pa
distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road
114 slab caused by the presence of water. Uplift Pressure
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged
loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide
115 Eyebar
approximately equal strength both in the head and the body.
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect

116 the banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water. Riparap
A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded

117 plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions. Thin Shell
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on
118 a building. Overturning Moment
103/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on
119 Sway Brace
a building
This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform
consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right
120 Grillage Foundation
angles.
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and
ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or
121 Soil Stabilization
compaction
A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a
122 pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe. Sump Pit
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a
123 Seismometer
stationary point during an earthquake
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when
subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this
124 Liquefaction
layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall
125 over opening. Lintel Beam
For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil
126 Angle of Repose
surface will make in normal condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans,
127 functions essentially as a cantilever beam. Gerber Beam
1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis,
128 Structural member
having a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.
A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the
129 Bay
principal vertical supports of a structure.
Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism
130 One way
that acts in one direction only.
Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural
131 assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which Structural failure
it was designed.
A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a
132 Bearing
bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.
133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole. Primary Member
134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. Tributary Load
A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist
135 Anchorage
uplifting and horizontal forces.
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to
136 Pin
permit them to move in one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction
137 Roller Support
perpendicular into or away from its face.
138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. Retaining Wall
139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. Non bearing Wall
A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed
140 Coping
water.
141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. Basement Wall
104/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. Interior Wall
143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening. Lintel
A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from

144 Cantilever wall
and securely tied to a spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.
A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or
145 Gabion
retaining structure.
146 Yard lumber 5” or more in the least dimension. Timbers

Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension
147 Yard Lumber
lumber, and timber.
148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer. Split
149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece. Wane
A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller

150 members with bolts, lag screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths Built up Beam
of the individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.
A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into
151 Fiber board
rigid sheets.
A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to
152 Scissors Truss
an intermediate point of the opposite top chord.
153 Yard lumber less than 2” thick and 2” or more wide. Boards
154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane. Gusset
A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of
155 Truss
linear members subject only to axial tension or compression.
A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory
156 Seismic Joint
movement in each can occur independently of the other.
The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied

157 Stability
load, to developed internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.
A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the
158 Cable Support
cable.
159 Yard lumber from 2” – 4” thick and 2” or more wide. Dimension Lumber
The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a

160 Punching Shear
reinforce slab.
161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. Welded Splice
Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal

162 Stirrup
reinforcement of a concrete beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.
163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss. Web
105/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other
164 Neutral axis
member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.
The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under
165 transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing Deflection
in the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material.
166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure. Span
167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end. Cantilever Beam
The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a

168 Lateral Buckling
slender portion insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.
A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments

169 Moment Diagram
present in a structure for given set of transverse loads and support conditions.
A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have
170 Simple Beam
no moment resistance.
A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa
171 as it deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a Inflection Point
point of zero moment.
A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate
172 Camber
for an anticipated deflection.
173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. Effective Span
A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space
174 Beam
supporting elements.
An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a
175 Pillar
building support or standing alone as a monument.
The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the
176 surface of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit Foundation
its load directly to the earth.
A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered

177 Pile
vertically into the earth to form part of a foundation system.
The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline
178 Footing
and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.
A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping

179 Stepped Footing
site or bearing stratum.
A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present

180 Shear Diagram
in a structure for a given set of transverse load and support conditions
A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an

181 Mat
entire building.
The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal
182 Soil Pressure
to the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.
The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a
183 Consolidation
sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.
106/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load
184 Tie Beam
pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.
A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building
185 Deep Foundation
loads to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.
One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and
186 Stilt
water.
187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element. Distributed Load
188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake. Earthquake Load
189 A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element. Concentrated Load
A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the
190 Pile Cap
load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.
191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation. Torque
A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating
192 Static Load
rapidly in magnitude or position.
A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the
193 Foundation Wall
superstructure.
194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. Shear Force
The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and
195 Torsion
opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.
The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to

196 Ultimate Strength
bear without rupturing or fracturing.
197 Length required for 180 deg Hook. 4d
198 Curing temperature for concrete. 22.8 deg. C
199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building? Soil Mechanics
200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap? 300 mm
201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap? 100 mm

16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least
202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column? dim. Of a column
203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere. 40 mm
204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil. 70 mm
205 Length required for 90 deg hook. 12 d
206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension. 200 mm
207 Induce cracking at preselected location. Control Joints

The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a
208 Yield Point
concurrent increase in stress.
A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture
209 Expansion Joint
expansion to occur without damage to either part.
107/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when
210 Fracture
stressed beyond its ultimate strength.
The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size
211 Compression
or volume of an elastic body.
212 Length required for 135 deg hook 6d
213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force. Strain
Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls,
214 Isolation Joints
and machinery bases.
The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of
215 Tensile Strength
longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.
The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the
216 Compressive Stress
collinear compressive forces tending to shorten it.
The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when
217 Weatherability
exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.
A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to

218 Construction Joint
provide lateral stability across the joint.
219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress. Tensile Strain
An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in
220 Shearing Force
response to a shear force.
221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete. Tendons
A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical
222 Composite Column
and spiral reinforcement.
Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a

223 Top Bar
concrete beam or slab subjected to a negative movement.
The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid
224 Effective Depth
of the tension reinforcement.
A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield Under reinforced
225
strength before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain. Section
Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved

226 14
recording accelerographs
227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the Owner
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and Occupant of the
228
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading Building
The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of

229 Load Duration
intermittent application of the same load
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
230 14 sq.m.
reduced
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
231 1.50m
are subjected
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied.
232 1/240 wall span
Perpendicular to said wall
Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
233 1/120 wall span
perpendicular to said wall
108/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit 60 m2
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
235 Base
structure of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported
A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure

236 Collector
to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system
237 Diaphragm
resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system
238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure Base Shear
239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm Boundary Element
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is
240 Brace Frame
provided to resist lateral forces
241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads Building Frame System
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear
242 Dual System
Walls or Braced Frame
The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a
243 Eccentric Brace Frame
point away from the column girder joint
244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members Joints

The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam
245 -the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers
246 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the Diaphragm Strut
diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
247 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces
system
Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile Ord. Moment Resisting
250
behavior Space Frame
251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
252 Strength
limits prescribed in this document
253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system Platform
Horizontal Bracing
254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm
System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist
255 Structure
lateral forces
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
256 provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls Bearing wall system
or braced frames
109/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
257 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
Moment resisting
258 gravity loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load
Frame system
primarily by flexural action of members.
259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above Weak Storey
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure

is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic
260 Time History analysis
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.
The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
261 Orthogonal Effect
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the
262 p-Delta effect
vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame
Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of

263 Admixture
concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties
264 Concrete that doesn’t not conform to definition of reinforced concrete plain concrete
Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least

265 Pedestal
lateral dimension of less than three (3 m)
Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses

below proportional limit of material
266 Modulus of Elasticity
-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
267 Jacking Force
prestressing tendons
268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section Embedment Length
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
269 Effective Prestress
effects of dead load and superimposed loads
Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of

270 Development Length
reinforcement at a critical section
271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile Curvature Friction
Structural Lightweight
272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate
concrete
273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting Bonded Tendon
274 ASTM A36 Structural Steel
275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams 1
110/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for
276 40 mm
primary reinforcement
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse
277 Poisson Ratio
strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain
278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration Slenderness Ratio
279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line Torsion
280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab
281 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part Shear
282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force Deformation
The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material

283 Yielding Stress
sustain without failure
It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress
284 -Intensity of force per unit area Stress
The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent

285 Allowable Stress
deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress
286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement Stirrup / Tie
287 The measure of stiffness of a material Stiffness Ratio
288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it Punching Shear
289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it Deflection
290 Nominal thickness of a timber 6 inches
The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
291 Equillibrium
points are zero
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
292 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and 2 years
after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___
293 Wood board should have a thickness specification not less than 1"x4"
294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
295 Portable Hand Router
on solid wood
296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___ Knots
Smooth & Planed
297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___
Lumber
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
298 Live Load
present at all
299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw Cross cut Saw
300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks Effective Length
111/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements

301 Contraction Joint
between them
302 The total of all tread widths in a stair Total Run
303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces Bond Stress
304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter Purlin
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
305 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements
306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear Shear Stress
307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain Hooks Law
Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel
308 4 x dia. Of bolt
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___
According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded
309 4 x dia. Of bolt
edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
310 2.5 times
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2
Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in

311 12 mm
accordance with NSCP specifications
312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 50
Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
313 11 dia.
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
314 1/6 depth of member
shall not exceed
315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the middle third span
316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 1/4 depth
.60 of specified yield
317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area
strength
.50 of specified min.
318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area
tensile strength
319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area 0.45 fy
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
320 0.40 fy
resisting shear
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
321 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall 100%
be
322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___ 200
323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___ 240
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
324 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather
325 20 mm
not exposed to earth or weather
112/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and
326 7 days
in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
327 7 dyas
days before test and shall be tested dry.
Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist
328 3 days
condition for at least the ___days after placement
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
329 25mm
but not less than ___
180 deg. Bend +4db extension
330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean but not less than 65 mm at the
end of bar
90 deg. Bend + 6db
331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller
extension at free end
90 deg. Bend + 12db extension
332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar at free end
333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm .-12mm
334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement .+/- 50mm
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
335 40db
terminate at different points with a stagger of at least
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be
336 3db
less than ___ for strands
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less
337 4db
than ___ for wire
Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against

338 75 mm
permanently exposed earth or weather using bars larger than 36 mm
Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing

339 Grade Beam
a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching
340 Abrasion
a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in
341 Batten
the same plane
bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base
342 coat Blistering
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.
343 Block out
an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength
344 but low tensile strength. Cast iron
in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to
345 receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system Kerf
a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side

346 Pantile
a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite
347 Marble
the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot
348 metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram Extrusion
a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium

349 Static Equilibrium
113/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
is the action of one body upon another

350 Force
is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the
351 same effect as the force system Resultant
states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the
Priniples of
352 point of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action
Transmissibility
is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of
353 related bodies Force System
a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being
354 considered Free body diagram
is acting parallel to member axis
355 Load
in uniform for homogenous sections
356 Stress
tends to elongate the body
357 Stress due to tension
tends to shorten the body Stress due to
358
compression
is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by
frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the
359 boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are Truss
usually triangles.
are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to
360 shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor. Beam & Girders
is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved
361 completely using the equation of static equilibrium Detrminate structure
a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates
of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each
362 Western Framing
step
a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the
363 presence of water in the soil. Hydrostatic Pressure
a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
364 Anchor Bolt
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which
365 carries joist flush with the upper edge of the beam Ledger Strip
a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in
366 frame construction Batt insulation
a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting
367 the second floor joists Balloon Framing
the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger
368 beam Beam Blocking
allowable sag (NSCP)
369 100 mm
that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
370 structure below grade Foundation Wall
joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls

371 Control Joints
a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension
372 Forging
114/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and
373 ductility Wrought Iron
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
374 Purlin
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
375 Rafter
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
376 Lintel
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
377 Joist
378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge Stringer

large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams
379 Girder
spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls
380 Spandrel
circular beam that transmits power to the machinery
381 it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure Shaft
large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes

382 Adobe
is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of
383 cement and water. Concrete
is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the
384 tensile strength lacking in concrete Reinforced Concrete
height is less than three times the least dimension Pedestal or short
385
compression blocks
strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
386 long or slender column
failure is initiated by material failure
387 Short column
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame
388 Bearing wall system
a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for
389 gravity loads Building Frame System
the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
390 Bridging
a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or
391 concrete Checking
the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured

392 Post tensioning
a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete
393 Slump Test
the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load
394 Creep
a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to
395 resist bending Chord
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired
396 property alloy
the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock
397 cylinder Backset
a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by
398 riveting, soldering and brizing. Lap seam
the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent
399 part Shear
any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force
400 Deformation
115/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material
401 can sustain without failure Working Stress
a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting
402 over public property Marquee
is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure
403 Addition
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses
produced in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed Allowable Stress
404
specified allowable stress (also called working stress design) Design
is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy
405 Alteration
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
406 Building
a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building
407 permit has been issued Existing Building
is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such
that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all LFRD (Load &
408 appropriate load combinations Resistance Factor
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures Design)
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces

produced in the elements by the factored load combinations do not exceed the
Ultimate Strength
409 factored element strength
Design
the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures
is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of
410 work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner Structure
is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural

engineering as recognized by the board of civil engineering of the professional
411 Structural Engineer
regulation commission
is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to
Prefab / precast
412 incorporating in the building
assembly
in-place solid rock

413 Bedrock
is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed
414 Bench
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
415 Borrow
is the densification of fill by mechanical means
416 Compaction
is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof
417 Earth Material
is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water
418 or ice Erosion
is the mechanical removal of earth material
419 Excavation
is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means
420 Fill
421 is the vertical location of the ground surface Grade
is the grade prior to grading

the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins
422 Existing grade
also called natural grade
116/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan

the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of
423 Finish Grade
construction or grading operations
the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
424 Rough Grade
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof
425 Grading
is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical
426 distance to horizontal distance Slope
is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the
427 toes of a proposed fill slope Key
is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock

428 Soil
is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and
429 maintenance purposes Terrace
is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor

space for the installation of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems
430 Access floor system
or to serve as an air supply or return air plenum
is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons
for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment,
431 Assembly Building
amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation
is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building

432 Awning
is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure
433 with no additional independent supports Exterior Balcony
consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building
434 or other structure Dead Loads
is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining

435 structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports Deck
are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event
436 of extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes Essential facilities
is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or

437 combustible liquids or gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept Garage
is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor
vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and
438 Private Garage
stored
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful
439 for its intended function or to be unsafe Limit state
a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its
440 intended function Serviceaility Limit State
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
441 Strength Limit State
loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not
include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow
442 Live Load
load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load
117/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants
and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained
443 Loads
dimensional changes
is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It
444 may be of Bridge Cap
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.
a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden
445 Joist
joist.
load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load
446 excluding Liveloads
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.
a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light
447 alloys have Girder
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.
total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal
to thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the
448 section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending Bending moment
moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are pound-
inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.
gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of
449 Aggregates
concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.
in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in

small quantity,normally less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties
of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete made in North America,
Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than half
contains air-entraining agent. Other admixtures are
450 accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti- Admixture
freeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers,
coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and
flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an extent
that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving
probably never occurs with very lean concretes.
an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete.
Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel
it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators
451 Accelerator
that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates
and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set
for quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.
an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to

452 formwork so thatwhen it is stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it Retarder
can be removed by light brushing.
118/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. Boring
piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the
454 Gusset Plate
members of a truss.
When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail
by punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging
455 Punching Shear
the foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter
of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.
for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation
per unit length).
the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly
457 Yield Point
increasing load
the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the
458 elastic limit is also Elastic Limit
the limit of proportionality.
the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water
459 Plastic Limit
content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.
the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the
460 sinking of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to Deflection
exceed 1/325 of the span.
the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for
461 any other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a Shear
simply supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.
the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed
462 Stress
in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.
a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being
463 Strain
expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.
464 a core wall. Shear Wall
test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well
rammed, and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by
which the concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the
465 slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the Slump Test
same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This
otherwise most useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than
about 20 mm.
a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any
466 point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of Beam
wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.
467 a post carrying compressive force. Column
119/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it
468 Fixed End Moment
cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.
in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature
shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable
469 Contraction Joint
places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction
joints are needed in every long structure.
470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire. Tendon
471 the US term for ground beam Grade Beam
concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in
them. The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent
abutments in the ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and
the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress
than with post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may
472 Pre-tensioning
produce better concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing,
used for the pre-casting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be
as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25
em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about
30% of the cross-section.
concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast
and partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a
473 structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more Pre cast Concrete
economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of
the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.
either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake

474 shocks. An early seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls Seismometer
dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of the shock.
the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the
475 Slag
metal.
476 ACI term for grip length. Embedment Length
477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. Dead Loads
gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in

478 Creep
metals as hightemperature creep.
479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, Slenderness Ratio
the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027
480 Resillience
kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.
the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly
481 Ductility
by pulling in cold drawing.
482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material. Modulus of Rigidity
120/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam,

483 calculated onthe assumptions that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances Modulus of rupture
from the neutral axis.
484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. Tie
485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. Batter Pile
a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or
486 other dams, or Footing
simple walls.
487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material. Web
488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles. Fillet Weld
489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling. Bench Mark
490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over. Deck
491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. Strut
for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding
492 strain in all Poisson Ratio
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.
Zoning, site characteristics
The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the Occupancy,
493 configuringstructural system,
following factors.
and height
Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved

494 14
recording accelerographs.
495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___. Owner
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and Occupant of the
496
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading. building
The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of

497 Load duration
intermittent application of the same load.
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
498 14 sqm.
reduced.
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
499 1.50 mts.
are subjected.
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
500 1/240 of wall span
perpendicular to said wall.
Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
501 1/120 of wall span
perpendicular to said wall.
502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit. 60 sqm.
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
503 Base
structure or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.
121/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure

504 Collector
to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system.
505 Diaphragm
resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.
506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure. Base Shear, V
507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm. Boundary Element
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is

508 Braced Frame
provided to resist lateral forces.
509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads. Building Frame System
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear

510 Dual System
Walls or Braced Frames.
That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a Eccentric Braced
511
point away from the column girder joint. Frame (EBF)
512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members. Joint
513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam. Girder
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers
514 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the Diaphragm Strut
diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression.
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
515 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations. Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting

517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.
System
Ordinary Moment
518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile
Resisting
519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below. Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
520 Strength
limits prescribed in this document.
521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system. Platform
122/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Horizontal Bracing
522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.
System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist

523 Structure
lateral forces.
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
524 provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls Bearing Wall System
or braced frames.
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
525 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
Moment Resisting
526 gravity loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load
Frame System
primarily by flexural action of members.
527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above. Weak Story
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure

is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic
528 Time History Analysis
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.
The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
529 Orthogonal Effect
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration.
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the
530 P-delta Effect
vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.
Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of

531 Admixture
concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.
532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete. Plain Concrete
Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least

533 Pedestal
lateral dimension of less than three.
Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses

below proportional limit of material.
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
535 Jacking Force
prestressing tendons.
536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section. Embedment Length
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
537 Effective Prestress
effects of dead load and superimposed loads.
Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of

538 Development Length
reinforcement at a critical section.
539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile. Curvature Friction
123/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Structural Lightweight
540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.
Concrete
541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting. Bonded Tendon
542 ASTM A36 Structural Steel
543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding. ASTM A514
544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams. 1
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for
545 40 mm
primary reinforcements.
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of

546 Poisson's Ratio
transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain.
547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration. Slenderness Ratio
548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line. Torsion
549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam. Flat Slab
The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent
550 Shear
part.
551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force. Deformation
The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material

552 Yielding Stress
sustain without failure.
553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'. Stress
The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent

554 Allowable Stress
deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress.
555 Intensity of force per unit area. Stress
556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. Tie / Stirrup
557 The measure of stiffness of a material. Stiffness Ratio
124/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it. Punching Shear
559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it. Deflection
560 Nominal thickness of of a timber. 6 inches
The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
561 Equilibrium
points are zero.
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
562 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the 2 years
project for a period of not less than. construction and after
563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of. not less than 1"X4"
564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight. Run
A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
565 Portable Hand router
on solid wood.
566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system. Girder
567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___. Knots
Smoothed or planed
568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.
lumber
569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw. Cross-cut saw
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
570 Live load
present at all.
571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks. Effective length
572 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume
573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___. Modulus of Elasticity
An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements

574 Contraction joint
between them.
575 the total of all tread widths in a stair. Total run
125/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces. Bond Stress
577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter. Purlin
Size of Dead Load

578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
Defelection
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
579 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements.
Shear Stress / Shearing

580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.
Stress
Size of Dead Load

581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
Defelection
582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains Hook's Law
Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel
583 4 X diameter of bolt
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.
According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the
584 4 X diameter of bolt
lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
585 2.5
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.
Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in

586 12 mm
accordance with NSCP specifications.
587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___. 50
Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
588 11 diameters
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
589 1/6 depth of member
shall not exceed.
590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___. Middle Third Span
591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___. 1/4 the depth
0.60 of specified min.

592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.
yield stress
0.50 of specified
593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area. minimum tensile
strength
126/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area. 0.45 Fy
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
595 0.40 Fy
resisting shear.
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
596 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall 100%
be.
597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___. 200
598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___. 240
599 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather.
600 20 mm
not exposed to earth or weather.
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10°C
601 7
and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
602 7
days before test and shall be tested dry.
Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist
603 3
condition for at least the ___ days after palcement.
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
604 25 mm
but not less than ___.
180° bend + 4db
extension but not less
605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.
than 65mm at free end
of bar
90° bend + 6db
606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.
90° bend + 12db

607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.
608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm –12 mm
609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement. ± 50 mm
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
610 40db
teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.
611 3db
less than ___ for strands.
127/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
612 4db
less than ___ for wire.
Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against

613 75 mm
permanently exposed to earth or weather using bars larger than 36mm.
128/328
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the
1 Cross Tee
main beams
2 Roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side Pantile
Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their
3 Mission Tile
convex side alternately up and down
4 Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board Dado
Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure
5 Foundation Wall
below
Part ofgrade
a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears
6 Grade Beam
directly on the column footing
7 Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall Dampproofing
8 System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to Balloon Framing
roof supporting second floor joints Balloon Framing
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the
9 Western Framing
storey below
An exterior and thelock
security bearing walls
installed onand partitions
exterior entryrest on that
doors the subfloor of each storey
can be activated only with a key
10 Dead Bolt
or thumb-turn
11 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tryolean Finish
Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
12 Chord
bending
13 Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property Alloy
14 Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder Backset
15 Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads Baluster
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but
16 Cast Iron
low tensile
Ferrous strength
metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting
17 Nickel Steel
edges of heavy digging tools
18 Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Wrought Iron
19 Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between Double Glass
20 The wall of Intramuros Fortification
21 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance 15mm
22 Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web Hybrid Girder
23 Beam that projects beyond one or both its support Cantilever Beam
24 Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear Wall
25 Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring Gluing/ Pasting
26 Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors 0.90 m
Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling
27 24" x 48" x 1/2"
in offices
28 Horizontal exterior roof overhang Eaves
29 Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns Post-tensioning
Building paper sheathing

30 Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing: and space filled
Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back
31 Area Wells
the earth
32 Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50 One-Way Slab
33 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles Felt
34 Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss Purlins
35 The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative Inflection Point
Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the
36 Batten
same plane Fish Plate or Gusset
37 A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a Plate
38 butt joint with nails or bolts
39 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning
40 The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam Beam Blocking
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of
41 Atmospheric Pressure
water in the
Window soilprojects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is
which
42 Bay Window
located extends to the floor
43 Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls Control Joints
44 Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building Expansion Joint
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
45 Cold Joint
against it when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was
Joint used
46 Construction Joint
stopped
Joint thatand
is acontinued later which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete
straight groove
47 Control Joint
should crack
Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting,
48 Lap Seam
soldering or brazing
49 Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish Flat Paint
50 Filipino term for horizontal stud Trabe-Anzo
51 Filipino term for floor joist Soleras
52 Filipino term for rabbet Vaciada
53 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada
54 Filipino term for bottom chord Tirante
55 Filipino term for purlin Reostra
129/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

56 Filipino term for eave Alero
57 Filipino term for top chord Tahilan
58 Filipino term for temper (metal work) Poleva
59 Filipino term for plumb line Hulog
60 Filipino term for projection Bolada
61 Filipino term for rafter Kilo
62 Filipino term for baseboard Rodapis
63 Filipino term for alignment Asintada
64 Filipino term for bath tub Baniera
65 Filipino term for brace Pie De Gallo
66 Filipino term for cast iron Pundido (parang manny)
67 Filipino term for contractor Kontratista (yeah!)
68 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de Banada
69 Filipino term for pattern Plantilya
70 Filipino term for mortar Paupo
71 A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss Gang Nail Plate
72 Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings Lightning
73 Dry walls are customarily finished Lath and Plaster
1/4 Ø plastic hose filled
74 One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of w/ waterwith the
3-4-5 multiples
75 Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout use of steel tape measure
76 The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood Grain
77 The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses G.I. Sheets
78 Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building Corkboard
79 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing 1 1/2 corr
80 A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc. Chase
81 Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica Serpentine
82 Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers English Bond
83 Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers Running Bond
Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at Common Bond /
84 American Bond
regular
Form ofintervals
brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of
85 Flemish Bond
stretchers
A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled,
87 Heel Cut
exterior
A wall plate
geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of
88 Soil Bearing Pressure
the building
89 Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings Aluminum Foil Sheets
Reinforced Concrete and
90 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings High Grade Steel
Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good Asbestos-Cement
91 Shingles
in sidings of dwelling units
92 The finished frame surrounding a door Door Jamb
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a
93 Knob Bolt
key
Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate
94 Dutch Door
independently or together
95 A twisting force Torsion
The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are
95 Honey Combs
void areas in the foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
97 A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation Sheet Piling
98 Refers to the term stone-cut Wood Siding
99 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns AA
100 Chord splice connectors for trusses Split-Ring
101 A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together Clamp Nail
102 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall Weathered
103 Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge Hip Rafter
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
104 Batter Boards
excavation
Columns in lines
which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to
105 Composite Column
support a part of load
106 Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected Spirit Level
107 laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids Space Frame
108 of
Thehorizontal diaphragms
metal latch plate in a or floor-bracing
door frame into system
which a doorknob plunger latches Keeper
109 The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces Zinc Chromate
110 Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation Aluminum Coating
111 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 Wood Planks
112 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs Chalking
113 Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing 24 hours
114 Wall partition wooden framing Studs
115 The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing Acrylic Latex Paint
130/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

116 The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet Acrylic Paint
117 Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin L Hook Bolt
118 Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks Staple Wire
119 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab
120 Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position Level Tool
121 Tool for testing and for framing work Steel Square
121 Vertical
The surface
complete on faceofoftest
records a stair step (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved
conduction Riser
123 and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of 2 years
124 the projects
Nominal 1" -for
2" a period
thk of notconnecting
members less than opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure Collar Beam
125 Thickness of a wood plank 2" to 5"
126 Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on
127 Portable Hand Router
solid wood
128 A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete Aggregate
129 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder
130 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight Nonbearing Wall
131 A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load Bearing Wall
132 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining Wall
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete
133 Bearing Wall
vertical load carrying space frame
134 A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor Floating Wall
135 It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall Shear Wall
136 The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all Live Load
137 Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective Length
138 The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix Cement
139 The total of all the tread widths in a stair Total Run
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the
140 Sump Pit
liquid to the sewer pipe
141 The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole Prefabrication
142 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight
143 Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Softwood
144 A kind of brick used for high temperature Firebrick
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support
145 Plaster Ground
for finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall
146 Distance between two structural supports Span
147 Scientific name for wood Xylem
148 A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors Muntin
149 Roof that has four sloping sides Hip Roof
150 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap
151 A tough used for carrying off water Moat
152 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping
153 A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters Purlin
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to
154 Anchor Bolt
concrete
A construction
horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window
155 Lintel
opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
156 The placing of glass in windows or doors Glazing
157 Another word for handmill on a stair construction Banister
158 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap Joint
The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its
159 Butt Hinge
jamb
160 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green Lumber
161 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley
162 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters Facia
163 A large heavy nail Spike
164 Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done Caisson
165 Lumber specification S4S Smooth on four sides
167 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord
168 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor Wood Saddle
169 Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set 45
170 A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever Latch
171 A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall Common Wall
172 The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole Escutcheon
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other
173 Flashing
exposed areas on the exterior of a building
174 A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof Lookout
175 The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building Formworks
131/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

176 Wedge-shaped stone of an arch Keystone
177 Fireproof door with metal covering Kalomein Door
178 The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf Corbel
179 Lumber that is not squared or finished Milled Lumber
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel
180 Foundation Bolt
columns
Simplest or beams,
type casting,
of fiber carpet shoes,
weaving beams
whereplates and engine
pile forms as the heads
wrap yarns loop over removable
181 A pretreatment Velvet
“wires” inserted of poured concrete
consecutively acrosssuch
theas walls beams and columns where a thin layer of
loom
182 lean cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or Scratch Coat
A special spoon
masonry coatingtosystem with atohigh
the surface givegloss shine
a “tooth” forwhile maintaining
excellent plaster the natural wood qualities,
adhesion Polyurethane Floor
183 Coating
maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring
184 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally Scarf
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
185 Standard Terazzo
intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
186 An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line Outrigger
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the
187 Pivoted Window
header and sill or about the side jamb
188 Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks Caulking
189 Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window Rabbet
190 Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface Masonry Neutralizer
191 A crosswise groove at the end of a board Notch
192 Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only Figured Wired Glass
The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in
193 Grading
preparation for a finishing surface such as paving
194 Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point Monopost
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in Ceiling Joist or Roof
195 Joist
turn
A by finish
floor largercommercially
beams, girders or1”
size bearing
x 12” xwalls
12” utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner
196 Vigan Tiles
making
Steel interesting
element suchand attractive
as wire, cable,rustic
bar, clay shade
rod or patterns
strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to
197 Tendon
impart prestress to concrete
198 The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace Cap
199 A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill Apron
200 A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long Boardfoot
201 Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash Casement
The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl
202 Backfill
space foundationwall
Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an
203 Backing
interior trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
204 Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door Casement Window
205 Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters Barge
206 Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building Bay Window
207 Bonding together two or more layers of materials Laminating
Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation,
208 Mudsill
sometimes called sill plate
209 Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw Pilot Hole
210 A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home Rim Joist
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door
211 Cripple stud
opening or below a window sill
212 Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross Cogged joint
A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and
213 Bull-nosed step
projecting beyond the face of the stair string/s
214 A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight Gravity wall
215 n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall Quoin
216 A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension Scarf joint
217 One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail Baluster
218 The arrangement and design of window in a building Fenestration
219 What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall Fig. A-1
220 Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is 12mm
221 Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative Inflection point
222 A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible Rowlock
A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice
223 Scab
them together
224 Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting Cross bridging
225 A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam Web
226 A small finishing nail is called Brad
227 A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point Pyramid roof
228 A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level Stirrup
229 A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata Pile
230 Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called Soldier
231 Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint Pigment
232 End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets 30cm
233 Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair Carriage
234 Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance Channel
132/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

235 Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups 6cm
236 Which among the concrete block is the header block Fig B-2
237 A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint Miter box
238 The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level Plastic hose w/ water
239 Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab 100mm
240 Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12' 40 bd.ft.
241 Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond Fig. C-3
242 Xyladecor is a product of Boysen
243 Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load bearing wall
244 The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective length
245 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume
246 A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete Stirrups
247 The most important component to determine the strength of concrete Cement
248 Another term for plaster board Gypsum board
249 The face or front of a building Façade
250 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight
251 Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Soft wood
252 A kind of brick used for high temperature Fire brick
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support
253 Plaster ground
for finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall
254 The distance between two structural supports Span
255 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap
256 Hammer is a Striking tool
257 Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail Fig. D-2
258 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping
259 A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters Purlins
260 Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const Anchor bolts
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening
261 Lintel
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
262 The placing of glass in windows and doors Glazing
263 A rejected building material because of its below standard grade Cull
264 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap joint
265 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green lumber
266 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley
267 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice Fascia
268 A large heavy nail is referred to as Spike
269 What is the scientific name of wood Xylem
270 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining wall
270 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord
272 Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor Sleeper
273 A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition Stud
274 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tyrolean finish
275 Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period Adiabatic curing
276 A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride Vinyl tile
277 The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load Creep
278 The vertical face of a stair Riser
279 Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain Plough
280 The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning
281 A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone Ashlar brick
282 A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board Perforated tape
283 Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls Control joint
284 A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom Hopper
285 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern Parquet
286 Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of Wrought iron
287 Common hardware fastener for truss braces Lag screw
288 Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets Lead
289 Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood Solignum
290 Retarders or accelerators concrete setting Admixture
291 Coated with zinc Galvanized
292 Technical term for earthquake Seismic
293 Vertical frame of paneled door Stile
133/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

294 Fascia between floor and wall Baseboard
295 Cement, sand, and water Mortar
296 Filipino term for framework Balangkas
297 Filipino term for bottom chord Barakilan
298 Filipino term for collar Sinturon
299 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada
300 Filipino term for purlins Reostra
301 Filipino term for wainscoating tiles Asolehos
302 Filipino term for wrought iron strap Platsuela
303 Filipino term for ceiling joist Kostilyahe
304 Filipino term for door fillet Batidora
305 Filipino term for girder Guililan
306 Filipino term for masonry fill Lastilyas
307 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de banada
308 Filipino term for cabinet hinge Espolon
309 Filipino term for brace Pie de gallo
310 Filipino term for bathtub Baniera
311 Filipino term for temper (metal work) SUBAN
312 Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder BACKSET
313 A principal member of a truss CHORD
314 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine TYROLEAN FINISH
315 A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side PANTILE
316 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility WROUGHT IRON
317 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed COLD JOINT
318 Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength CAST IRON
319 Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course BED
That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
320 FOUNDATION WALL
structure below grade
321 The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam BEAM BLOCKING
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the
322 WESTERN FRAMING
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey HYDROSTATIC
323 Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height PRESSURE
324 Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer ACI INSULATION
325 Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer JACINTO COLOR STEEL
326 Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing THERMAL INSULATION
327 Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this ELECTROLYTIC ACTION
HIGH TENSILE
328 Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material STRENGTH
329 A brand name of asbestos roofing PLACA ROMANA
330 Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this STEEL
331 Tradename for plastic materials FORMICA
332 First group of wood used as shoring TANGUILE
333 Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC 250mm
334 A passageway of a chimney FLUE
335 A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin PITCH POCKET
336 Lumber defects caused by broken twigs KNOTS
They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint
337 PRIMER SEALER
has been removed
338 Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure AA
339 Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi MOLDS AND STAINS
340 To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc GALVANIZING
341 A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw COUNTERSINK
342 A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob ROSE
343 The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material SCRIBE
344 A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water DAVIES
A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a
345 GLASS
tank
346 A low wall around a chalet type house ZOCALO
347 Common hardware fastener for truss braces LAG SCREW
348 A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint COMPRESSION SEAL
349 The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware CRASH BAR
350 Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall BLEEDER MASS
351 A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition SOLEPLATE
One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window
352 STILE
sash
134/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

353 A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood SOLIGNUM
354 A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd COLOROOF
355 Concrete with low cement content LEAN
356 Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints FLOOR PANEL
A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the
357 SHEET PILE
foundations
358 A fireproof door with metal covering KALAMEIN
Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling,
359 HARDWOOD
furniture and interior form
360 The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work SOFTWOOD
361 Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks YACAL
362 Finest wood for furniture TINDALO
363 Used for paneling and plywood veneer DAO
364 Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames KAMAGONG
365 Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame WHITE LAUAN
366 Used for framing joist, truss APITONG
367 Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs NARRA
368 The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs TANGUILE
369 Used for paneling ALMACIGA
370 The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch KNOTS
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart
371 SHAKES
shakes, star shakes and wind shakes
372 A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins PITCHPOCKETS
373 A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer SPLIT
A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
374 CHECK
shinkage during drying
375 Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface WARP
A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by
376 WANE
sawing
The too of
decay near the surface
seasoned wood ofcaused
the lag by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the
377 DRY ROT
wood they infest
378 1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length 1 BOARD FOOT
379 Thickness x Width x Length / 12 BOARD FOOT FORMULA
380 1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider BOARDS
381 2" to 4" thk DIMENSION LUMBER
382 5" x 5" and larger TIMBERS
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a
383 PLYBOARD
thin layer of wood, glued together with industrial glues
384 Hip roof support JACK RAFTER
385 Another term for plaster board GYPSUM BOARD
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and
386 TRIMMING GUARD
support for finish trims around openings and near the base of the wall
387 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion RIPRAP
388 Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor SLEEPERS
389 Steel window section for muntins Z BAR
A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during
390 POLYMER
installatiuon of floor or wall finishes
391 A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security DEAD BOLT LOCK
392 Admixture that impart color on concrete TRUSCON
PRE-TENSIONED
393 Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete CONCRETE
394 Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring PRE STRESSING
395 The soil or rock directly beneath the footing FOUNDATION BED
396 Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders 3 DAYS
397 To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing SAHARA
398 A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat BLISTERING
398 A type of concrete floor which has no beam FLAT SLAB
399 A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber WOOD PLANK
400 A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface FLOAT GLASS
401 A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk CASEIN
A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived
402 ASPHALTIC
from coal of petroleum
The tradename and before
for flouroplastic installation
which dissolved
is transparent in solvent,
to opaque emulsified,
in character andheated to liquid
is used
403 TEFLON
primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing
403 The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement HYDRATION
405 The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade SCREEDING
Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its
406 FALSEWORK
become self supporting
408 An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width TRENCH
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the
409 WEATHERING STEEL
elements
A pattern so
bondthatwith
thealternate
painting strechers
is not required for protection
and headers in each with headers centered over
410 FLEMISH BOND
stretchers
Such in themagnitite
as barite, course below
and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation
411 HEAVYWEIGHT
shielding
135/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck,
412 PUTLOG SCAFFOLD
while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built
413 A portland cement specification ASTM C 150
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various
414 ALCLAD
embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets
415 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs CHALKING
416 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns PARQUET
A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR
417 COATING
maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood
418 PVC
imitation, flooring and piping
419 The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces GLAZING PUTTY
A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also TYPE III HIGH EARLY
420 STRENGTH
produces
The process about 150% of the heat
of proportioning cement,of hydration of normal cement
water, aggregates duringprior
and additives first seven days
to concrete
421 BATCHING
mixing
422 Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete 2 to 5 INCHES
423 The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars SHOTCRETE
424 A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface SOLDIERS
A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the
425 VACUUM DEWATERING
concrete has been placed and screen
An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through
426 ANODIZING
which
The a direct current
substance is passed
in the paint whichbetween the aluminum
gives continuity and theadhesion
and provides solution to the surface or
427 VEHICLES
subtrite
428 A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up STAGING
429 No. 5 designation of a bar 16mm
A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or
430 CAISSON
structures
A wood defect below water
that is a level
small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings,
431 CHECKS
usually caused by shrinkage during drying
432 Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque TENSION SET BOLTS
433 A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce BANK
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer
434 COMPACTION
together,
A special thereby expelling
form of cast the concrete
in place air from the
pilevoid spaces
in which an enlarged based is formed during
435 BULB PILE
driving
436 A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings TIE BEAM
A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then
437 TEMPERED GLASS
chilling
A type of it rapidly which
paint that is 3 to a5 very
produces timessmooth
stronger and than ordinary
glossy glass
surface and sometimes referred to as
438 DUCO
pigmented lacquer
439 A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid BED JOINT
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width
440 CAVITY WALL
and
A typetiedoftogether by metal
soft formwork withties
no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses
441 FLYING FORM
frames along its span and shoring on both ends
442 Class AA concrete mixture ratio 1: 1 1/2 : 3
443 A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface PIER
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of
444 WANE
lumber, usually caused
A liquid component of a by sawing
paint too near
to increase itsthe surface
fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying
445 SOLVENTS
and not became part of the film
446 A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete KICKER PLATE
EXPANSIVE SOIL
447 A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion HEAVING
448 A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal ENAMEL
Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of
449 EFFLORESCENCE
moisture or containing salts
450 The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale KILN BURNED BRICKS
451 A vertical joints between brick wythes COLLAR JOINT

A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular
452 CHECKING
interval
453 It is not a vehicle of paint EMULSIFIERS
454 A double unit glass INSULATING GLASS
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of
455 COMMON BOND
headers used
Additive laid perpendicular
to ensure thattoallthe stretcher
particles of course
cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a
456 DISPERSAL AGENT
concrete setting
Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of
457 LAMINATED COATING
coatings for aluminium
A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning
458 ANODIZING
them
Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a
459 A rigid frame which is done WEATHERING STEEL
natural form of oxidation for by welding coating
protective together its two spanning members, both are
460 connected homogenously to the vertical column members fastened conventionally to the TWO HINGED FRAME
Steel
concrete plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests
pedestal
461 BEARING PLATE
on a masonry
Used as a dry or concrete
sheet support
to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of
462 TARRED FELTS
combination
A of felted
type of surfacing in papers,
built-up shredded
roof wherewood fibers
a flood coatand asphalt saturated
of bitumens is applied over the top ply
463 GRAVEL SURFACING
and a layer of aggregate is applied while the flood coat is hot
464 Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out SHAKES
PAINT DEFECTS
136/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of
465 which breakaway from the surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated ALLIGATORING
Discoloration
application of of
newcoating
coatscaused
over oldbycoats
solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented
466 BLEEDING
by applyingofan
Formation impermeable
blisters undercoating
or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun
467 BLISTERING
during the process of drying
468 Progressive powdering from the surface inward CHALKING
469 Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood DEADENING
470 Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film MOISTURE BLUSH
471 Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help
472 Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning ORANGE PEEL
473 Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture PEELING
As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or
474 PINHOLING
incompletely dried undercoats, spots of grease or soap
475 Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing RUNS AND SAGS
Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of
476 TACKINESS
old work, over unclean or greasy surface
477 Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather WRINKLING
478 The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather FADING
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS
479 What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar 0.396 KILO
482 What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar 1.580 KILOS
487 What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar 7.992 KIOS
5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT
489 Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified TYPE I
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where
490 TYPE II
moderate heat of hydration is required
491 is used where high early strength is required TYPE III
492 is used where low heat of hydration is required TYPE IV
493 is for use when high sulfate resistance is required TYPE V
TYPES
This OF DOORS
is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating
494 sash. Usually, the lowest light will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum PROJECTED
Another
comfort version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting
495 SECURITY
ventilations but restricting the size of an object that can pass through the window
496 Operating sash for ease of operation DOUBLE HUNG
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing
497 SLIDING
hardware intrinsic in the double hung window
498 A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired COMBINATION
499 Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door CASEMENT
It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with
500 AWNING
casement
An awningsash
window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on
501 JALOUSIE
appearance and ability to provide weatherstripping
502 Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg PIVOTED
TYPES OF HINGES
503 A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot HINGE
504 Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin BUTT HINGE
A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open
505 SPRING HINGE
position automatically
506 The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates PIVOT HINGE
TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
507 A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising FULL SURFACE
Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door
508 FULL MORTISE
frame
A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on
509 HALF MORTISE
the jamb leaf
510 A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf HALF SURFACE
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
511 Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building FOUNDATIONS
512 Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure SHALLOW FOUNDATION
513 Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure DEEP FOUNDATIONS
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING
514 A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row CONTINUOUS
515 Large footing extending a wide area MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the
516 PILE FOUNDATION
earth is capable of providing the desired support
137/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a
517 GRILLAGE FOOTING
footing used to distribute a concentrated column over the top of footing
518 A footing which supports more than one column load COMBINED FOOTING
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
519 A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete SPREAD FOOTING
A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when
520 BENCH FOUNDATION
subject
An archto in the bearing
which loadbelow the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in
intrados
521 INVERTED ARCH
foundations
A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or CAISSON'S
522 FOUNDATION
structures below water level
523 A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically
524 CANTILIVER FOOTING
located with respect to the footing
525 A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute GRILLAGE FOOTING
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum
526 PILE FOUNDATION
into which the piles are driven
MIXING OF CONCRETE
527 About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added DRUM MIXING
READY MIXED CONCRETE
528 Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing TRANSIT MIXED
529 Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator CENTRAL MIXED
530 Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer SHRINK MIXED
PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding
531 30 to 60 MINUTES
water, then cement setting will start
MIXING OF CONCRETE
532 It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum 1 1/2 MINUTES
CURING
Concrete OF CONCRETE
(other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist
533 condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained FIRST 7
534 above 10WHAT
least the C and days
in a moist condition for at FIRST 3
HANDLING OF CONCRETE
535 General purpose concrete 16 to 20 L of water
536 Load bearing 4" CHB 28 to 32 L of water
537 Non load bearing 4" CHB 36 to 40 L of water
538 Cement mortar 16 to 20L of water
Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I.
539 4 FEET
Roofing and cement bag stack
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
540 Minimum bar size of footing NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
541 Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm aggreagates or 25mm
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
542 Minimum size of column rebar NO. 5 or 16mm
543 Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns 4 PIECES
544 Sizes of column ties NO. 2 or NO. 4
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
545 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span L/7
546 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span L/5
547 Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal 45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER
548 Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is or 305mm
549 Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line L/4
If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of
550 102mm,152mm,254mm
cut
SPLICING OF REBARS
Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be
551 IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED
lapped or welded
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES
552 24 times bar diameter 276MPa
553 30 times bar diameter 345MPa
554 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm 414MPa
555 Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE 15 degrees
ELECTROLYTIC
556 Aluminum-Concrete reactions REACTION
OF SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING
557 STRAIGHT EDGE
CONCRETE
JITTER BUG Or "STRIKE
after OFF" It
the concrete hasis the
beenfirst finishing
struck off, ittool
canafter the concrete
be used is placed
to compact andinis
concrete
558 HAND TAMPER
flatwork construction
A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used
559 DARBY
to float the surface of concrete slab immediately
560 A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete BULL FLOAT
561 A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner EDGER
562 A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete JOINTER OR GROOVER
THREE COAT PLASTER
138/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

563 First coat SCRATCH COAT
564 Second coat BROWN COAT
565 Third coat FINISH COAT
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic
566 MORTAR
state
Referswith
to awater
piecehardens
of timber intoof aeither
stone-like massor either geometrical cross section vertically
cylindrical
567 POST
placed to support
A vertical structurea used
building
to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination
568 COLUMN
of the above materials
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT
SQUARED TIED SPIRAL
569 Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
570 Spiral column combined with WF steel column COMBINED COLUMN
571 A steel column used as a support for girders and beams LALLY COLUMN
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
572 Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact ISOLATION JOINT
A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of CONTROL JOINT W/
573 DOWEL
cracking
A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of
574 T&G CONTROL JOINT
another BUTT-TYPE
575 Used for floor of 5" thick and greater CONSTRUCTION
576 Used of heat to prevent contractions THERMAL EXPANSION
PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE
PRE-COMPRESSING
577 Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments
SELFMETHOD
CONTAINED
578 Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam METHOD
579 Strands are stretch between massive elements BOND FRICTION
580 Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling THERMAL PRESSING
VOLUMETRIC
581 Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands EXPANSION
SITE
Is usedCASTS
chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the
LIFT SLAB
582 slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up CONSTRUCTION
Is
thefabricated
columns in large
towall
their sections
finl position supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from
583 Useful fortotall structures FLYING FORMWORK
one floor the next by crane,such as elevator
eliminating much shafts;
of thestairwells
labor and storage soils. A ring of
584 formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while SLIP FORMING
Is a flooradd
workers slabconcrete
cast on the
andground and in
reinforcing reinforced concrete
a continuous wall panels are poured over it in a
process
585 TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION
horizontal position,
(Pneumatically then
placed tilted intoispositions
concrete) and placed
sprayed into groutedfrom
together
a hose by a stream of
586 SHOTCRETE
compressed air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
587 The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell THIN SHELLS
588 Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface SHOTCRETE
A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured
589 PRE-FABRICATED
components
A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground
590 LIFT SLAB
level and then raised into sa position by jacking
CLASIFICATION OF PILES
591 A pile which carries a vertical load BEARING PILE
592 A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it FRICTION PILE
593 A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces BATTER PILE
One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to
594 SHEET PILE
keep
A water
heavy out oftimber
square foundation
which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used
595 GUIDE PILE
for the construction of coffer dams, caissons
FLOOR SYSTEMS
596 A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist GIRDER
597 A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction SILL
598 Any joist which carries a floor FLOOR JOIST
599 A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other TAILPIECE
600 A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist LEDGER STRIP
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to
601 DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP
prevent or retard the spread of fire
602 A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes HEDGER
A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor
603 TRIMMER
or roof frame
STANDARD HOOKS
604 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar 4db
605 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar 12db
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
606 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db
607 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 12db
608 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and
609 4db
smaller
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:
610 10mm to 25mm 6db
611 28mm to 32mm 8db
139/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

612 36mm 10db
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
613 Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance db; 25mm
614 Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance 25mm
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between
615 1.5db nor 40mm
longitudinal
In walls and bars
slabsshall bethan
other not less
joist,than WHAT
primary db nor
flexural WHAT SIZEshall space not more than
reinforcement
616 3x or 450mm
WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
617 To 6 inclusive 3
618 Over 6 to 12 4.5
619 Over 12 to 20 6
620 Over 20 7.5
621 Over 40 to 60 9
622 Over 60 to 150 12
623 Over
Along150edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm 16
624 thick or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF MINUS 1.5mm
625 FILLET
MinimumWELDSeffective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size, 4x
626 or not exceed WHAT of its effective length ONE FOURTH or 1/4
The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed
627 200mm
WHAT
628 The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner 5x;25mm
629 part, but not less than WHAT 25mm
630 The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT 4x;40mm
Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners
631 ALUMINIZED 2xBACKING &
for a distance of not less than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld
632 Roof insulation under purlins TAPEALUMINIZED
G.I. STRAP LINER
633 Roof insulation over purlins G.I. TIE WAR
BACKINGRUBBER
634 Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier CEMENT
ASPHALT(RUGBY)
NON FLAMMABLE
635 Acoustical Installation ALUMINUM
1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal 3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM
636 A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like BLINDTEXTURED
RIVETS
screws CEMENT
637 Plexibond to a tacky consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable FINISH
A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus
finish
638 WRINKLING
softens
What is and dissolvesweight
the standard by water
of aor25mm
by chemical
diameterafter
hotsufficient drying deformed or plain steel
rolled weldable
639 3.853 KILOS
bar per meter length
640 A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers SEAM LOCK
641 It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP
642 A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface BLEEDING
#16 EXPANDED METAL
643 Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder LATH
MODULAR
644 System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology COORDINATION
MAIN/CROSS TEE AND
645 A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-
ANGLE WALL
SUSPENSION
646 painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards SYSTEM
Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed 3/4" THK CEMENT
647 GROUT
manner
What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel
648 1.578 KILOS
bar per meter length
649 What is not a brand of ceramic tiles PIEDRA TILES
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT
650 A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE
651 Floor system by Jackbuilt T-BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
652 In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors MORTISE LOCKSET
653 Wood end joint requiring tensile strength SCARF
654 Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood OIL WOOD
1/5 SIDE FORMS,STAIN
1/3
655 Coarse aggregates standard sizes DEPTH SLABS, 3/4
Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making CLEARAND SPACING
656 BLIND STUB
the connection clean of joint traces
657 An accessory of tie rod scaffold system FORM CLAMP
UNIFORM 10mm
658 Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed THKCEMENT PLASTER
659 A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through VISION DOOR
Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the
660 BENCHMARK
vertical height SCREW WITH
661 Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry EXPANSION PLUG
662 Not a wood parquet geometric design HEPTAGON
A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks,
663 FINISHING MASON
install
A kind tiles and pebble
of masonry finishwashout
which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" CURDOROY or TOOL
664 FINISH
o.c. which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel
665 A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets MODULAR SYSTEM
666 A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free LAMINATED
140/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-
667 HUE SCALE
SECONDARY COLOR LIKE ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
668 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally PLAIN MITER
669 Steel window section for muntins Z-BAR PLATE,
SHIMS, BEARING
670 Basic parts of stressing anchor STRESSING WASHER,
A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation BOTTOM PLATE
671 POLYMER
of floor or wall
A bi-product offinishes
wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a
672 CROSSPLYBOARD
BRACE MUST BE
thin layer of wood, glued together
673 What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED
DIRECTION
674 In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left DUCT TAPE
WOOD LATHESTRAP AT
MACHINE
675 Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts or TORNO
Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that
676 CONDECK
can be used for two slab SHALL BE SECURED
677 It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A
678 CHROMA SCALE
DEGREE OF ITS COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY
679 A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security DEAD BOLTFOIL
W/ ALUM. LOCK
680 A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp BARRIER.
REVERSE THE BY
ADHERE
To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE
681 LOCATION OF THE "Z"
stresses present
Minimum concreteatcover
the joint
for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in PURLINS
682 20 mm
place
SPACE TO INSTALL
683 The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door CONCEAL DOOR
CLOSER
684 Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof PURLIN SAG RODS
1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant STUCCO FLOORING
685 FINISH
decorative surface
686 Concrete hollow block laying ASINTADA
CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used
687 TUFTED
of needles
Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across
688 VELVET
loom.loom
The Pile isheight
highlyisspecialized
determinedand by height
nearly ofaswire inserted
versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations
689 AXMINSTER
and designs
The are limited
loom operates like aonly by the
velvet loom, number
exceptofthat
tuftsit in thea carpet
has Jacquard mechanism with up to six
690 WILTON
colorprocess
This frames produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a
691 FUSHION
viscous
The vinyl resembles
process face that hardens
weavingafter the the
in that curing
face and back are made simultaneously. Backing
692 A pretreatment of poured KNITTED
and pile yarns are looped concrete
togeher with sucha as wall, beams
stitching and column
yarns with where
three sets a thin layer of
of needles
693 cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry SCRATCH COAT
694 spoon on to the
Local species ofsurface
wood used to give
for a tooth forcabinet
studding, excellentandplaster adhesion
flush door framing TANGUILE
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR
695 COATING
maintenance
A common and free to finish
cheap and topcoat
masonry wood flooring
finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by
696 SANDBLASTING
mechanical
Terrazo floorordescribed
pneumatic bymeans. It is left
its physical to dry to give
appearance, the rustic
stone finish
or pebble is intentionally
697 RUSTIC TERRAZO
exposed
A type of while
window thewhere
cement thematrix
sash is depressed
rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the
698 PIVOTED
sill or sides of the jamb
699 A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left LEFT HAND
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry MASONRY
700 NEUTRALIZER
surface. Without
Indicates imperfectthisadhesion
mixture will cause
of the film the subsequent
to the surface, with painting to be
the film defective
getting strip off in
701 PEELING
relatively large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
702 A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation ANCHOR BOLT
The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads
703 APRON
directly into the garage
704 A series of arches supported by a row of columns ARCADE
A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved
705 ARCH
opening
A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a
706 AREAWAY
basement window or doorway
707 A facing of squared stones ASHLAR
decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give
708 IMPRESSO CRETE
a fast
An color andmethod
installation imprinted wherewiththe
a patented patternisand
cabinet covers textureand
recessed while the concrete
flushed with theiscabinet
still plastic
709 INSET or INTERIOR
sidings
710 A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally SCARF
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
711 RUSTIC TERRAZO
intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
712 The most common type; relatively small chip sizes STANDARD TERRAZO
713 Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between VENETIAN TERRAZO
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk
714 PALLADIANA TERRAZO
with
A type smaller chipswhere
of window filling the
the space
ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and
715 PIVOTED
sill or about the side jambs KEEP THE CEMENT
716 To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end PLASTER
717 and the cement plaster should be.. AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
718 It is not a brand of house paint ICI DULUX
719 Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window RABBET
An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during
720 EDGE STRIP TROWEL
installation
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural
721 SMOKED GLASS
light
is theonlyact of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in
722 GRADING
preparation for a finishing surface such as pavings
141/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making
723 VIGAN TILES
interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
724 Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall 305 mm
725 A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system GIRDER BEAM
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening
726 LINTEL BEAM
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
727 Pre-construction of components as part of the whole PRE FABRICATION
728 Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes KNOTS
729 Lumber that is not squared or finished UNDRESSED LUMBER
730 hinges on left; open inward LEFT HAND
731 hinges on right; open inward RIGHT HAND
732 hinges on left; open outward LEFT HAND REVERSE
733 hinges on right; open outward RIGHT HAND REVERSE
734 A wallhinge
Type jointlycontaining
used by two oneparties
or more under easement
springs, when agreement
a door is opened, Party Wall
735 the hinge returns it to the open position
A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used automatically, may act
to in Spring hinge
736 one direction
provide a only,
protective or in
surfaceboth directions.
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from whichthe
coating at the same time they allow Varnishes
737 original surface
gypsum plaster to show but
is made (by add a lustrous
heating); and when
colorless glossypurefinish to itas a
used Gypsum
738 retarder in Portland
Basic ingredient cement.
in clay Brick
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
739 Sandstone
light
A brown
vent and red
that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
740 A vent installed Dry Vent
exposed to backso upaswaste
to permit
from additional
drainage pipecirculation of air
741 between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system Relief Vent
Written or printedbedescription
might otherwise air bound.of work to be done describing the
742 Specification
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
743 Additional information contract documents Bid Bulletin
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
744 16 inches or .46 m
girder shall
Given the depthbe __________.
of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
745 Space 9 inches o .23 m
the sizeinofa itsbuilding
breadth? without a basement, an unfinished accessible
746 space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story Crawl Space
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
height.
747 Adhesiveness
different
The abilitymaterial.
of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
748 Cohesiveness
another.
749 Which
A hard,ofbrittle
the following
inorganicissubstance,
not a nonferrous metal?
ordinarily transparent or Steel
750 translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and Glass
Materials
stabilizer. used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
751 An admixture which is Reducesused to speed up the initial set of Damproofers
through the concrete. permeability.
752 concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the Accelerators
and
rate beauty. It has great
of early-strength ability to absorb
development shocks
for several from sudden load. In
reasons
753 coloring Wood
addition,pigments,
has freedom adjusted
from rustandanddiluted with correct
corrosion, amounts and
is comparatively light in weight, and is
754 types
Is of additives
a cellular framework and thinners,
of squared which when
steel, appliedoron
concrete, a surface,
timber Paint
755 forms
members,as adherent
assembled continuous
in layersfilm which
at right provides
angles, andprotection,
filled with earth Cribbling
756 or stones.
Biggerfor
Used than ceiling
bearing joistofusually
walls placed every
light buildings, 1.20musually
the height o.c. Ceiling rafters
757 restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made Load bearing wall tile
What
in 4, 6,should
8, 10 andbe the 12 maximum
in thickness. spacing of stirrups applied if the
758 8 inches
depth
A wall of the girder
which separates is 0.40 twom? abutting living units as to resist the
759 Fire Block
spread of fire.
Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of SPT – Standard
760 Penetration Test
some clay.often added to the concrete or applied to the surface
Materials
761 a. Concrete Additives
of Picture Glass concrete to produce some special result
freshly placed
762 b. door
A Window made Glass
up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which Insulating Glass
763 c.
areHeavy
guided Sheet Glassthe configuration coils about an overhead drum
in a track; Roll-up door
764 which is housed
The minimum length at the of head
spliceofneeded
the opening, either manual or motordriven.
for column. 60 cm
765 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degree
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to
766 Sheet piles
retain
The mainearth andline
feed prevent
of an water fromcircuit
electrical seeping into the
to which exaction?
branch
767 Distribution Line
circuits are connected.
Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven
768 Brace or the Diagonal
into the ground to serve as boundaries?
769 Identify the miter joint
770 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
771 Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork
772 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
773 Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint
774 Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?
775 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a pantile
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent
776 foundation wall
retaining
Joint employedwall of to thereduce
structure belowbygrade
restraint is a
accommodating movement
777 control joints
of masonry walls are known as
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous
778 balloon framing
to roof supporting
Rough plaster finish second
obtained floorbyjoints is known
flinging plasterason a wall with a
779 tryolean finish
hand
A operated
principal member machine of the is truss which extends from one end to
780 chord
the other primarily to resist bending is a
781 A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is Casein
142/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to
782 alloy
obtain a desired
The horizontal propertyfrom the face of a lock or latch to the
distance
783 Backset
center of the
A commercially pure knob or iron
lockof cylinder
fibrous nature, valued for its
784 wrought iron
corrosion resistance and ductility is
785 The Filipino term for horizontal stud is Pabalagbag
786 The Filipino term for riser takip silipan
787 The Filipino term for collar plate is sinturon
788 The Filipino term for temper (metal work) poleva
789 The Filipino term for plumb line is hulog
790 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support cantiliver
791 A wall stair
Using (bearing or non-bearing)
tread-riser proportiondesigned
formula RT to resist
= 75,lateral parallel to the wallforces
given riser shear wall
792 equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two floors 15..
A modern
having floormethod
line to of installing
floor wood parquet
line distance of 7.8125 flooring
feet? on wooden
793 gluing/pasting
boards sub-flooring
The standard heightisofby window sills for office rooms in upper
794 0.90 meters
floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners
795 24” x 48” x ½”
usedx for
(1”) dropped-ceiling
4”(commercial size)inToffices is
& G flooring. Assuming that the
796 In the design 1,098 bf
available T & of G isa large
1” x 4”shopping
x 16” and centers where width
the effective spaceisis3.5”
required,
, the
797 intervals
In the design of columns
of a large canshopping
be wider centers
than thewhere ordinary by adopting
space a
is required, post-tensioning
798 structuralofmethod
intervals columns of can
construction
be widercalledthan the ordinary by adopting a post-tensioning
providing building paper
Humidification
structural andofcondensation in exterior walls can be
799 Heat gain method
minimized through
by the construction
structure ofcalled a habitable room occur in sheathing and space
800 tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be filled
wood
glossy surfaced asphalt
801 minimized
A material used by thetouse remedy of vapor flow saturated paper, 50 lbs or
Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and more
802 lath and plaster
they are customarily
Wallboards or plywood finished
maybewith applied over studs. They can also
803 furring
be applied
To turn back overwaterCHB masonryjoints
whenever wall by using
occur in which dissimilar
804 flashing material
materials
The part of come together,system
a foundation it is necessary
which supportsto provide the exterior
805 grade beam
walls
A of a strip
narrow superstructure
of wood applied and bears
to cover directly on along
a joint the column footing is
the edges
806 batten
of two parallel boards in the same plane is a
807 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is post-tensioning
The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the
808 A system of framing a building beam blocking
appearance of a larger beam ison whichasfloor joists of each
known
809 storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing western framing
Pressure
walls and exerted
partitions against
rest on the
theunderground
subfloor portion
of each of a is
building
810 A window
created bywhich projects
the presence outside
of water the in themainsoilline ofstorey
is known a building
as
known
and as atmospheric pressure
811 the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known bay window
A
asform of brick bond in which each course is alternately
812 flemish bond
composed
A joint formed of entirely
when aofconcreteheaderssurface
or of stretchers
hardens is known
before theasnext
813 cold joint
batch
An ironofalloy
concreteusually is placed
including against
carbon it isand silicon which has high
814 cast iron
compressive strength but low tensile strength is
815 The Filipino term for plastered course is kusturada
816 The Filipino term for bottom chord is estunyo
817 The Filipino term for purlin is reostra
818 M sopo
819 The Filipino
capacityterm of a for
walltop to chord is
hold moisture is important in the tahilan
1” thick V-cut wood
820 design of
Plaster or dwelling
plywoodunits. ceilingSelect the best
on nailers material
or joists below which
a will boards
821 reduce
ventilated
Heat moisture
gain roof space
through inthe
a wall
may
wallswhen
show used
“patternexposed
in buildings staining”to on the adequate insulation
combination of wood
822 ceiling.
afternoon
Sound This
or sun can
noise be prevented
intensifies
between by may
discomfort
bedrooms of inhabitants
be reduced because
by using of boards and plywood with
conductivity. However, this can beapplication
minimized byconstruction
the and
use of horizontal and vertical
cavity between
823 less staircase
The expensiveofmaterialsa house with has athe total of
run of 3 meters a studs with
824 techniques
total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser 3.69 meters
825 is
Dry7 7/8”,
walls therefore,
are customarily the stringer
finishedlength
with is lath and plaster
The riser of a stair is 6 ½ inches. What is the run using
826 12.2247 inches
formula
One method R/T =oftan (R-3) xbatterboards
leveling 8 degrees without the transit is ¼ Ø plastic hose filled
827 with water
the use of
A manual method of squaring the corners of a building 3-4-5 multiples with the
828 When
lines indry conditions
building layout, areisdemanded
the use of of asphalt tile floor felt paper
use of steel below
tape sub-slab
measure
829 finishes
Due on concreteeffects
to temperature over earth, apply the
in materials, waterproofing
concrete walls, (WP) then WP on top of the
830 steps of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing
slabs sub-slab
expansion joints
A typical block
buildings should orbepanel type insulating material used in
831 water
flat rooftank located
of commercial atprovided
the with whose
or penthouse
industrial building capacity is 5000 corkboard
832 U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and 4.16 meters
Select
freeboard the ofgrouping
0.30 meters. one subject
The wallof which
shall be is as
a criterion
high as used
the water columns, splices,
833 materials, lot
by architects
Select in planning
the grouping and design
one subject of whichof buildings
is a criterion used columns, splices,
834 Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small materials, lot
by architects in planning and design of buildings
835 compared
A ferrous metalto wall area,
that offerswillgreat
normally requireto
resistance acoustical
abrassion and ceiling only
836 treatment
finds of theuse in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools
important nickel steel
A
is building
a stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,
837 serpentine
hornblende
A form of brick andbond micainiswhich
a the course consists of
838 flemish bond
alternate
storey stretchers
rests on the top andplates
headers in known
of the storey as below and the
839 western framing
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
840 The Filipino term for rabbet vaciada
143/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

841 The Filipino
Given a risertermequalsfor projection
six inches is and using the stair treadriser bolada
842 proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will 18 risers
A geological
there be between or ground condition
two levels havingconsidered
a verticalindistance
determining
of 9’-0”
843 soil bearing pressure
the
Thesesizeare and type of foundation
materials excellent asofvapor the building
barrier in the roofing
844 aluminum foil sheets
system of residential buildings reinforced concrete and
845 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are highconcrete,
grade steel
These are classified as good and less expensive insulating porous glass
846 This is a material
materials used in that holds less moisture, is very light, less
buildings fibers, guilt materials
asbestos-cement
847 water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of shingles
line of theunits
dwelling 2” x 6” yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath
848 system of a residential building. Themosaic
pitch ofvitrified
the truss is 1 6 ¼ inches
floor system assuming that ¼” thick tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on
849 vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if 7.906 meters
850 the
Thespan
finishedof truss
frame is surrounding
12 meters and the eave
a door is a is 1.5 meters door jamb
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both
851 knob bolt
knobs
A doorand dead bolt
consisting controlled
of two separate by leaves,
a key isonea above the
852 dutch door
other,
A joint this
formedleaves may operatethe
by overlapping independently
edges of metal or together
sheet oris a
853 lap seam
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or or brazing is a
854 A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shapeis a lap seam
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing
855 laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately mission tile
The
up and partdown
of a foundation
is a system which supports the exterior
856 grade beam
wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
857 The wall of Intramuros is fortification
858 The Filipino term for rafter is kilo
859 The Filipino term for baseboard is rodapis
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and
860 lightning
architectural
This is a ground design of tall buildings
condition that determines the size, type
861 soil bearing pressure
and shape
tank at the of decktheroof
building footing/foundation
with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter
862 3.513 meters
of 3 meters,
Select freeboard
the grouping oneofsubject
0.30 meters,
of which shall
is abegeneral
as high as the concrete, steel and wood,
863 type of floor finish
criterion
The mostusedcommon by architects
materialsinused planning and design
for roofing of buildings
of urban
864 G.I. sheets
residential
For very large houses
roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings, space frames, light steel
865 Rise is thehalls)
vertical distance
exhibition of over 150 between the upperare
ft these structures surface of
suggested economical solutions skeleton structures
866 two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the going
noise and impact noise .
nosing of two consecutive steps is theInsulation must be provided against ¼” double wall on 2” x 4”
867 studs
both drained
well of theseand by internal walls and
it is necessary floors. Examples
to exclude dampness, of the
better
best
868 This material pitch or bituminous felt
material to beholds
used lesswhich moisture,
is installedis very light with
beneath less
the concrete slab asbestos cement
869 absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential shingles
870 houses
Standard in size
tropical regions
overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is 2 ½ corr.
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
871 chase
etc. is called
872 A twisting force is torsion
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil
873 sheet piling
to stabilize foundation, etc. is
874 The term stone-cut refers to a wood siding
875 Wood with metal cladding is called kalamein
876 The Filipino term for floor joist is soleras
877 The Filipino term for bottom chord is tirante
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and
878 “AA”
columns is
879 Chord splice connectors for trusses is split-ring
880 A vertical line check uses a plumb bob
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints
881 clamp nail
together is
882 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is weathered
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the
883 hip rafter
ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
884 batter boards
excavation
Columns in lines whichare called core is reinforced with a steel or
a concrete
885 composite
cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
886 The Filipino term for ceiling joist is kostilyahe
887 The Filipino term for concrete beam is biga
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
888 spirit level
is
The called
vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where
889 construction joint
concreting was stopped and continued later is called
890 A twisting force is torsion
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
891 chase
etc. is special
It is a called type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and
892 hybrid girder
multiple
When the web
ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less
893 one-way slab
than 0.50,
Longitudinal slab
beamsis a which rest on the top chord and preferably
894 purlins
at the jointsofofinterconnected
composed the truss laterally supported so as to function as
895 space frame
a completeof
composed self-contained
interconnected unitlaterally
with or supported
without thesoaids as toof function
horizontal
as
896 space frame
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
897 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of 15 mm
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the
898 shear wall
wall
The section of which the moment changes from positive to
899 inflection point
negative is called
144/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

900 What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces? zinc chromate
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having
901 aluminum coating
standard corrugation are coated both sides with
902 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 wood planks
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip
903 staple wire
roof
The shingle on wooden
time required for thesheets/planks?
removal of a form works of a concrete
904 24 hours
footing
905 Wall partition wooden framing is called studs
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an
906 1½
ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
907 What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing? acrylic latex type
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing
908 acrylic paint
sheet is
What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated
909 L hook bolt
asbestos
A commoncement roofing
paint film defectsheet
where on a steel purlinpowdering from
progressive
910 chalking
the surface inward occurs. It is called
A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is
911 A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight construction joint
called
912 without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame bearing wall
913 is called
A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called flat slab
the slab is being
914 A one-way concrete slab are used when supported by two parallel
testingbeams
the work to a
915 Level tool is a vertical and
tool for testing and for
916 Steel square is a framing work
917 The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called riser
918 Tin shear is a masonry tool
919 Auger bit is part of bearing tool
test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection
920 2 years
during the progress of construction and after completion of the not less than 1” thick x 4”
921 Wood board should have a thickness specification of and up wide
922 Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is 2” to 5” thick
The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is
923 run
called
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make
924 portable hand router
smooth
The majorcutting and curving
horizontal on solid
supporting woodofis the
member called
floor system is
925 girder
called
926 Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and knots
smoothed or planed
927 Dressed lumber is referred to lumber
928 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is cross-cut
Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead
929 load bearing walls
weight
It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in
930 live load
placedistance
The or may not be present
between at all
inflection is called
point in the column when it
931 effective length
breaks is called
932 The amount of space measured in cubic units volume
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit
933 contraction joint
expected
To find themovements between
volume of water in athem is called
cylindrical tank, multiply the
934 height
areamost
The of its important
base by its component to determine the strength of a
935 cement
concrete mix is
936 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called cantilever beam
937 Jack rafter is used for hip roof support
938 The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called total run
939 The face or front elevation of a building façade
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a
940 sump
pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
941 pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to Pre fabrication
942 An opening in the roof for admitting light is called skylight
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than
943 softwood
broad leaves are called
944 firebrick
The building frame construction system that uses one piece
945 A nailer strip balloon framing
structural studincorporated in rough to
from the foundation concrete
the roofwall to be
946 plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings plaster ground
947 and
The near the base
distance betweenof the
twowall
structural supports span
948 The scientific name for wood is XYLEM
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the
949 risers
height of the stair by the number of
950 A kind of roof that has four sloping sides hip roof
951 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion rip-rap
952 A tough used for carrying off water moat
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured
953 stripping
concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting
954 purlin
rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for
955 A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or construction
concrete across the anchor bolt
securing wood or metal plates to concrete
956 top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above lintel
957 the
Theopening
placing of glass in windows or doors glazing
A rejected building material because of its below standard
958 cult
grade is called
145/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

959 Another word for handmill on a stair construction banister
960 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials lap joint
lumber that still contains
961 Green lumber is moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is
962 valley
called
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part
963 facia
of the cornice
964 A large heavy nail is referred to as spike
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the
965 risers
height
Underwaterof thewatertight
stair by the height of
chamber to each
allow construction work to
966 caisson
used to
be done
Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure
967 determine the elevation
refers to and ditances
968 Lumber specification S4S means smooth on fourofsides
the
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a
969 chord
roof or bridge truss
970 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor wood saddle
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent
971 45
blade set at
972 A wall that holds back on earth embankment retaining wall
973 In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use oxy/acetyline welding
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party
974 common wall
wall
975 Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass alabaster
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum
976 stabilize
strength
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset
977 escutcheon
keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof
978 flashing
intersection
vertical space andin other exposed
a building areasfor
intended onducts,
the exterior
pipes, of a building
wire and
979 chase
cables
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the
980 formworks
building
981 The zig-zag rule is a carpenter measuring tool
wedge-shaped stone of
982 Keystone is an arch
a fireproof door with
983 Kalomein door is metal covering
984 Lumber that is not squared or finished milledbend
90 degree lumber
plus 12
How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete
985 Good high-strength-bolted db extension, at free
a end
reinforcement constructed connection for steel should have the shall have
986 following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT slope of of notbarmore than
What
ideal?are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not 1:10 with respect to a
987 reinforcingbatter piles
bars bundled
critical?
988 Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply? in contact to act as
What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to a unit grade
shall be limited to
989 What is foundation
a round steel beam
provide forbolt
the embedded
superstructure? in concrete or masonry
990 use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes, foundation bolts
done
beamsbyplatesadding and dust-on-color
engine heads? pigments to the concrete to give a fast
991 stucco floor finish
color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the
992 Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying asintada
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and
993 know to with
guide him as to sidings
what type of construction and specification inset or interior
flushed the cabinet
994 should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving velvet
columns
where pile where
formsa as thin layer
the wrap of yarns
lean cement
loop over grout mixed with
removable flexible
“wires”
995 scratch coat
base additives
framing, and flush is splattered
door framing, by tampico
thoughbrush scarcelyor masonry
availablespoon
in the to
996 A special coating mahogany
market now due tosystemforestry with
ban. a high
This gloss
type of shine whileis due to
species polyurethane floor
997 maintaining
A common and the cheap
naturalmasonry
wood qualities, maintenance
finish wherein free, used to
dry consistency coating
998 finish
mortarand mixtopcoat
is sprayed wood byflooring
mechanical or pneumatic means. The sandblast
earliest
sprayedtime cement to remove
is left toscaffolding
dry and give for aconcrete flooring
rustic finish. other than
Optional paint coat maybe required after 14 days
999 and 100% of scaffolds
early-strength
A type of woodconcrete end jointifwhereno anticipated
both wood loadareiscut
expected
at equalover
1000 scarf
angles diagonally
When utilizing “knock-down” modular system of cabinets and standard sizes, shapes
1001 A type of an terazzo floor isdescribed
furniture, end user constrainby ofits physical appearance
using: and forms
1002 whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the standard terazzo
Which
cementofmatrixthe following
is depressed concrete handling criterion impairs the concrete is at
1003 all times plastic and
quality
A type of window
concrete? where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees
1004 pivoted
to
To180 degrees
prevent cement about the header
plaster and sill or
from improper about the
adhesion, the side jamb keep the cement plaster
1005 as thin as possible
substrate must be roughened while observing
A type of “hands of door” where the hinge is at the left and the the following:
1006 left hand
door
Whatleaftypeswings
of jointinside
is used thetoroom
installtoathe left into a lite of a
glass
1007 rabbet
French window?
An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the
1008 A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime notch trowel
underside of a ________ tile during installation
1009 activity
A paint in new which
defect masonry surface.
indicates Withoutadhesion
imperfect preparingofthe surface
paint to with masonry neutralizer
1010 this surface,
the mixture will withcause
the film thegetting
subsequentstripped painting
off in atorelatively
be defective
large peeling
A type of
pieces due shutter proof opaque
to application on damp glass orused
greasy to surface
construct a door
1011 figured wired glass
with glass to allow natural light only
1012 Vernacular
be well graded, termeasyfor rough plastering
workability and method of consolidated are rebokada
clear spacing between
1013 such that
What is the theminimum
concreteconcretecan be pouredcover for without
primaryhoneycomb
reinforcementor voids. individual reinforcing
What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when db but not less than 30
1014 of beams and columns not exposed to
What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any soundearth or weather for precast mm
1015 manufactured
material under plant
or combination controlinconditions?
thereof, preparation for a finishing grading
fired
surfacein traditional
such as paving? manner making interesting and attractive rustic
1016 vigan tiles
clay shade
What patterns.
is a steel element Because
such as of wire,
the rustic
cable, effect
bar, the
rod floor is finished
or strand,
1017 tendon
or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
146/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

1018 An admixture
Class which is used
of rock changed from to speed
their originalup the initial set
structure of concrete
by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or Accelerators
1019 combination of these forces. Igneous
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made;
1020 Is a traditional Gypsum
colorless whenbuildingpure used material, easily worked,
as a retarder in Portland has cement
durability and beauty has great ability to
1021 absorb
A method shocks
of drying fromlumbersuddenwhere load. It rust and corrosion
it is strip-piled at a slope proof.
on a solid foundation. This allows Wood
1022 air to circulate
Term used to describe around every placemember
a wooden while thebuilt sloping
up ofallows
several water to of
layers runwood
off quickly.
whose grain Air Drying
1023 directions
It is made are all substantially
by bonding togetherparallel
thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at Glue Laminated Timber
1024 right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer. Plywood
1025 In joint
A masonry,formed a joint
whenorainterstice
concrete between
surface hardensstones, to be filled
before the with
next mortar
batch ofor concrete
cement is placed Joint Filler
1026 against it. Cold joint
1027 A three-pieced
To provide a hard, rigidnon-corrosive,
structural frame in the shape
electrolytic, oxide of film
the upright capital letter
on the surface `A’
of a metal, particularly A-Frame
1028 aluminum, by electrolytic action. Galvanize
1029 Squared building stone Ashlar
1030 Usually the lowest
A slight convex storey of
curvature a building,
built into a truss either partly to
or beam or compensate
entirely belowforgrade.
any anticipated Cellar
1031 deflection so that it will have no sag when under load
A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement Camber
1032 and water Cement Paste
1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length Brace, Diagonal
1034 A process
That part offorthe preserving
building, the wood by impregnating
ceiling of which is entirely the cellbelow
with creosote under
or less than pressure
4½ feet above Boliden salt process
1035 grade Cellar
What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole
1036 escutcheon
of a door
1037 A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door cremone bolt
place. A fastener which holds a door in place by
1038 For finishing accessories, what is the term bullet catch
means of a projecting spring actuated steelfor halla hand
1039 grip installed in a shower, which may be used in grab bar
For finishing
steadying or accessories,
support one’saself. device attached above
1040 spring door closer
screen
A type of doortape asused automatic door closer.
in finishing joints between
1041 A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a perforated tape
gypsum board.
1042 conventional
It is a type of head thermal such as square,
insulation andhexagonal,
it is made from machine bolt
1043 button
fibrous or countersank.
materials such
standard penetration tests can give as mineral wool, wood fiber,
indication of the blanket insulation
1044 cotton fiber,
bearing capacityor animal of thehair.soil by the number of blows test boring
For
of a the soil type
standard classification,
driving if the particle
hammer required of soil a
to advance
1045 Cobble
takes the whole hand to lift it is called.
1046 For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is senepa
For brick work construction.what brick work with
1047 English Bond
alternate
freshly courses
mixed concrete of headers andinstretchers.
and filled the cone with
1048 A typeequalof wall in construction that laterally braced Slump test
three layers. Being tamped and rodded 25
1049 that bears against andurability
_____________has earth or other fill surface
and beauty. It has and a retaining wall
1050 resists
great
In lateraltoand
ability
construction, it isother
absorb forces.of
shocks
a mixture from sudden
cement, loadand
sand and Wood
1051 light
water, in used
weight forwhich
layingadaptable in a countless
brick or masonry. It is toovariety mortar
first
weakused to be around
used by 3500itselfB.C.
as by the people
a material who lived
for building.
1052 bricks
in valve
A the flat, low laying
controlling theplain
flowbetween
of water Tigrisor gasand from
1053 Corporation stop
main
A shieveto alike service
device pipe.for Also
mixingcalled
air withcorporation
the water cock.
1054 Aerator
flowing from
extreme the end strength
toughness, of the spigot.
and elasticity and
1055 nylon
capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and
1056 These are lower the freezing
chemicals whichpoint of paint
cause to avoid
the latex the posibility
particles of the paint
in water-thinned freezing
paints in storage.
to pack together Stabilizers
1057 to form a uniform film Coalesting agents
These
during are silicon
the time thatoilstheorwater
fatty acid esters which
is evaporating helpfrom
away to keep the white hiding pigments and
the surface.
1058 Anti-flooding Agents
color particles from separating from each others. Liso galvanisado
1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet" Kanallado
1060 English term for " Sinturon" Collar plate
1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a French Tile
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1062 Chord
bending is a
1063 A is
It commercially
a timber thatpure most iron of fibrous
widely used for nature,wharfvalued for its construction,
and bridge corrosion resistance and ductility
ships, posts, is
foundation Wrough Iron
1064 sills,
A railroad
Portland tiles and
cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the Bansalagin
1065 other construction
process of deposition, where strength and durability is required. Aerocrete
It is consist
resulting of a toppingpre-cast
in for
lightweight with a mixture
or shop-made of 1 part cement, both1 hallow
part sand and 1 forms.
part finely crushed
1066 Equipment
stone. ( Measure and Control Instrumentunit for in
measuring theand solid
thickness of paint films and Granolithic finish
1067 that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to Magnetic Gauge
A
betype of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light
measured.
1068 Figured wired glass
only
1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter. Fascia board
An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able
1070 quarry stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, Manhole
to reach at some parts of this work. This etc.,
opening constituting a setclosed
is generally of given
by shapes and sizes
an inspection and
cover.
1071 mostly are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same
These Masonry
1072 bonded
Materials
at the centerbetween
as brick,
of the them
but allby a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of Structural tile
1073 are formed
board to finebyatextrusion
the surface in the stiff-mud
to help produce process.
a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces Particle board
1074 are sanded.
Filipino TermUses for "Ridgeare Roll" Palupo
structures, toys, and
1075 Joinery
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use
1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace" Asotea
147/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is
1077 used-one is a kraft paper. Vapor barrier
In
The general
other, finishes,
a mixturewhat do youwood
of ground call the finishing
pulps. Treatedprocess
by theapplied
sulfateto fabrics
and for the
the kraft purpose of
methods.
1078 gassing
removing
is the process fuzz of closing
protruding the fibers?
weave and creating a heavy and compact
1079 beetling
appearance
1080 is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process fulling
In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or
1081 slip-resistant finish
fabric with low thread
is a mechanical finish count?
of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing
1082 napping –
process to raise
is a chemical treatment the fiberdesigned
ends to make a fabric bacteria
1083 antiseptic finish
resistant
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
1084 drip-dry finish
or no ironing
In fabric design,afterit washing
is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by
1085 block printing
hand
is methodon the of fabric
fabric until the color
painting andthe
in which design
designareistransferred.
cut on a
1086 stencil painting
cardboard
is a machine wood or metal of
counterpart then color
block is applied,
printing, penetrating
designs only the cut portions
are engraved
1087 roller printing
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
1088 discharge printing
removed
It is a kindfrom the fabric
of shade that using
consistchemicals,
of two rows thus, creating design
of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep
1089 Austrian shades
scallops.
– have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
1090 honeycombed shades
polyester
are factoryfabric
manufactured and can be insulated, also called
1091 pleated fabric shades
accordion
– have a flat shades
surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
1092 roman shades
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds
1093 What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane? mullions
1094 is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing frame
1095 are the vertical bars separating the glass pane muntins
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
1096 During Rigid Board Insulation
drywall elevator
construction emergency, to rescue passengers,
1097 this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the Outside Door Latch
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
outside.
1098 Panic Bar
of each
The door leaf
following are which
examples will open if subjected acoustical
of pre-fabricated to pressure. units
1099 Hardwood panel
except material
Which ______.would effectively reduce reflected noise and Melamine foam linear
1100 This acousticaltime material is manufactured from rocksurrounding?
wool, glass wedges
reverberation to produce safe and enjoyable
1101 fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or Acoustical tile
Acoustical
metal framingcotton fiber composite board is manufactured using
system.
1102 A typeWhatof gypsum board available Bonded acoustical panel
BAP. does BAP stand for? in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch
1103 thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers Type x
such
mixedas nylon
with or natural
gypsum core.material such as wool. It is either glued
1104 Carpet
directly
a. 30mmtoisthe thefloor or installed
diameter over an
of hoisting andunderlayment
counterweight ofcables
hair felt or 3 ropes are required for
1105 traction type elevator
b. Made
a. 600mm ofisopen
the depth
celled of elevator pit measured
polyurethane acoustical from
foam the bottom of
1106 Tetrahedral in shape
b. Available
Which materialin 2,3,
would & 4inch
exhibit thickness
the highest sound absorption
1107 carpet
coefficientfiberglass,
cellulose, (SAC) value? rock wool, cotton or other materials. These
1108 Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____. Loose fill insulations
materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using
1109 a. Ductile A and b
a.
b. Aerated
Malleableconcrete is fairly absorptive
1110 All of the above
b. roofing
A Concrete tileprovides
which has virtually
the shape no absorption
of an “S” laid on its side is a
1111 That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure Pantile
1112 belowemployed
Joint grade is ato reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known Foundation Wall
1113 as
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second Control Joints
1114 floor
A jointsofisframing
system known as a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second Baloon Framing
1115 floor
A joints is
principal known of
member asthe truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist Tyrolean Finish
1116 bending is a Chord
A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
1117 Casein
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
1118 The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock Alloy
1119 cylinder Backset
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
1120 Wrought Iron
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
1121 Pabalagbag
The Filipino term for riser
1122 Takip silipan
The Filipino term for collar plate is
1123 Sinturon
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
1124 Poleva
The Filipino term for plumb line is
1125 Hulog
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
1126 Cantilever
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
1127 Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers Shear
1128 will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet? 15
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by
1129 gluing/ pasting
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is
1130 The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped- 0.90 m.
1131 ceiling in offices is 24"x48"x1/2"
& G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” ,
1132 In the design 1098 bf
the total boardoffeeta large
neededshopping
is centers where space is required, intervals of columns can
1133 be wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction
Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs called Post tensioning
1134 by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of
Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished Wood
1135 with lath & plaster
148/328
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB
1136 masonry
To wallwater
turn back by using
whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is furrings
1137 necessary
The part ofto
a provide
foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and Flashing material
1138 bears directly on the column footing is a Grade Beam
** 6” to 8” - distances of nails
1139 ** Every 4” - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing notes
149/328
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
1 These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization
(mountains; deserts; seas…) Geography
2 Visible architecture is composed of:

Volume & Depth
3 A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three
dimensions: length, width and depth. Volume
4 Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are
distinct, regular and easily recognizable Platonic Solids
5 One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two
forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait.
Face to face contact
6 Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater
as the greater is to be the whole. Golden section
7 One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the
view of another Juxtaposition
8 Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and

interrelationships of the planes that describe the boundaries of volume Form
9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment. Color
10 It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity. Contrast

11 The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose
of the building or reason of erection. personal character
12 Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture. Balance
13 Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes
in a wheel. Centralized
14 It means equality Balance
15 It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality. Scale
16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence. Rhythm
17 A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or
growing out of past experience. Assoc. Character
18 It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a
various object or part of a competition. proportion
19 Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.
balance
20 It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.

personal char.
21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body. anthropomorphic
proportion
22 The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known
or assumed size. visual scale
23 Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then
regular repetition is presented. unaccented rhythm
150/328
PREPARED BY:
24 The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of
human body. human scale
25 The art and science of building design and construction. architecture

26 Who said that “The magnificent display of volume put together in the light”
Le Corbusier
27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets. form
28 With respect to an observer. visual inertia
29 A series of form arranged in sequence in a row. linear form
30 A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid. grid form

31 Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another. subtracting
transformation
32 This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its articulation of form
shape and volume.
33 Who said “The will of the epoch translated into space’ Adolf Hitler
34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner. Radial Form
35 Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized. design process
36 A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form. . clustered
37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity. dimensional trans.
38 A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common grid form
visual trait.
39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies. color
40 is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other
physical features at one level of a Floor Plan
structure.
41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design. Balance

42 Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their
commodities in a limited space or
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both Tiangge
to retail and wholesale.
43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements? anthropometrics
44 deals with space planning in relationship with man’s activities ergonometrics
45 human factor engineering ergonomics

46 Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug”
(military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages.
47
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super
building” that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is Unite d’ Habitation
the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?
48 It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination

of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on Letchworth
town center.
151/328
PREPARED BY:
49 A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area

Leslie Patrick
(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of
Abercrombie
open space as structuring element.
50
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with
street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church, Leon Battista Alberti
palace or castle
51
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms
of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established Homer Hoyt
lines of transportation.
52 Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops; or

Peter Kropotkin
Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work”.
53 Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and
variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes
Garden Oasis
flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of
seating possibilities.
54
A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community. Greenbelt
55 The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more
Platting
parcels.
56 Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic
Azimuths
Survey uses south.
57
Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit. Final Plat
58 A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats
Urban Sprawl
up the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.
59 A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general
public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented Advocacy Planning
groups in society.
60
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land
Sustainable Land Use
resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without
Planning
compromising future generations.
61 Local Government Code,

This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive
1991
62
land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances. R.A. 7160
63
Reason for planning. Promote Human Growth
64 Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without
Sustainable Development
compromising the needs of the future generations.
65
First Planner and developed the Gridiron. Hippodamus of miletus
66
A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being. City
67 The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and
Agricultural Surplus
later to the birth of cities.
152/328
PREPARED BY:
68
The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted
Insula
from the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.
69
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits
Truebounded City
of the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.
70
A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision. Traffic.
71
The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces. City Planning
72
He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'. Daniel Burnham
73 A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for
Subdivision Regulations
residential development.
74
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale
organization and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between them, Urban Design
but not with the design of the individual buildings.
75
The science of human settlement. Ekistics
76
By definition, settlement inhabited by man. Human Settlement
77 Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste
Capital Facilities Planning
disposal facilities.
78
The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element. Physical Settlement
79
A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by
Ernest W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the Concentric Zone Concept
central business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.
80
The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces. Buildable Area
81
A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating. Dwelling Unit
82
This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc
Gabion Wall
coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.
83
A very steep slope of rock or clay. Cliff
84 A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low
Meadow
grassy land near a river or stream.
85
A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains. Ridge
86
A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water. Ravine
87
On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection. Restriction
153/328
PREPARED BY:
88
Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single
Parcel
ownership, and which is legally recorded as a single piece.
89
A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall. Common Wall
90
Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___. Brasilia
91 In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a
Density
given amount of space.
92 The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the
National Shelter Program
Philippines.
93
Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and
Social Housing
characterized by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.
94 A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can
"Option to Buy"
investigate the property and make a decision.
95 Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the
Earnest Money
potential buyer has serious intentions.
96 A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges
Amortization
against the capital account.
97
Written document to transfer the property to one person to another. Deed
98
They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses. Developers
99 Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the
Appraiser
industry.
100
Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply. Real Estate Broker
101 Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at
Total System
the site.
102
Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings. Housing Codes
103 Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to
Zoning
separate different types of living units.
104 Prefabrication
Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.
Manufacturer
105
System building is the complete integration of all ___. Subsystems
106
The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city. Urban Renewal
107 An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and
Urban Area
services.
108 Code of Multiplicities and

Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.
Tradition
154/328
PREPARED BY:
109 Primitive / Vernacular /

Three general types of structures.
Grand
110
A piece of land with an economic use for farming. Productive Use
111
Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature. Health and General Use
112
Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect. Social Implications
113
Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow. 6.00 mts.
114
Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun. Bedrooms
115
Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___. Growth and Change
116
A lattice structure that serves as a summer house. Gazebo
117
In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___. Grass and Plants
118
The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape. Site Planning
119
The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat. Ecology
120
Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___. Accurate Aerial Mosaic
121 Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied
Comprehensive Plan
in the ___.
122
Also called the blood-stream of a city. Transportation System
123
A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community. Urban Blight
124
The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___. Star
125
An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas. Freeways
126 A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the
Landmark
ground.
127
A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier Lane
128
The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals. Land-use Plan
129
The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water. Land
155/328
PREPARED BY:
130
A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land. Land Boundary
131
A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line. Land Survey
132 The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of
deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development Land-use Analysis
goals.
133
A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area. Land-use Survey
134
In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course. Latitude
135
An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown. Lawn
136 A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time,
Lease
usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
137
A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold
138 Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s
town) of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)
139 Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental d. National Development
planning? (CDEP IX-45) Planning
140 Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337
dwellings in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? Unite d’ Habitation
(CDEP IX-18)
141
Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area? Pateros
142
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one
Specialists
item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)
143 It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured
Permeability
in cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)
144 It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and
10-15 %
have moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)
145
What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4) 2%
146
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of
nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two
4
theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class
residential? (PTIT 132)
147 It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external.
They are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT Landmarks
133)
148
In the book called “The Neighborhood Unit” he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive
Clarence Perry
neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)
156/328
PREPARED BY:
149
A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved Leslie Patrick
in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109) Abercrombie
150 t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts,
Letchworth
and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)
151 first conceptualized the “Garden Cities”; and author of “Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social
Ebenezer Howard
Reform”. (CDEP IX-16)
152 Outlying Business

Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)
Districts
153
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132) Heavy Manufacturing
154 These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the
Nodes
intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)
155
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a
garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a Garden Oasis
variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)
156 When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP
1916
IX-31)
157
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with street radiating from central point,
Leon Battista Alberti
usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)
158
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peter’s and St. Paul Cathedral;
Sir Christopher Wren
Proposed a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)
159 The author of “The Death and Life of Great American Cities” – one of the most influential book in
b. Jane Jacobs
the history of planning. (PTIT 116)
160
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the
ZIP
cities and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)
161
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to
Homer Hoyt
the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)
162 Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture
Peter Kropotkin
with manual work. (PTIT 128)
163
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of
c. ekistics
other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)
157/328
PREPARED BY:
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.
2 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.
3 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.
4 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.
5 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.
6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
7 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4
8 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.
9 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.
10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
11 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14
12 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7
13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
14 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.
15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
16 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.
17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
18 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3
19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
20 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.
21 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.
22 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.
23 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.
24 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.
25 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.
26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
27 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor
28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
158/328
PREPARED BY:
30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
36 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3
37 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300
38 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with
39 30 mts.
sprinkler system for institutional use.
40 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with
41 31 mts.
sprinkler.
42 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a
43 91 cms.
public assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a
44 1.00 mtr.
public assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly
45 76 cms.
building.
46 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.
47 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
48 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.
49 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.
50 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.
51 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.
52 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what
53 Assembly
classification of occupancy.
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what
54 Assembly
classification of occupancy
55 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or
56 Picking rooms.
groups.
57 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building
58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
159/328
PREPARED BY:

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which
59 Plenum
form part of an air distribution system.
60 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate
61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support
62 Oxidizing material
combustion.
63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less
64 volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a Distillation
nearly purified substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and
65 Dust
ignited will cause an explosion.
66 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
67 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B
68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
69 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.
70 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient
71 Flash Point
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin,
72 Fumigant
germs, rodents or other pests.
73 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.
74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6
77 15.00 mts.
persons.
78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family
79 3.00 mts.
dwelling.
80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.
81 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other
82 20.5 cms.
than a balcony.
83 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.
84 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.
85 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.
86 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20
87 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.
160/328
PREPARED BY:
88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread
89 25 mm
below 25 cms in dimension.
90 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.
91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard
92 Fire resistance rating
fire test is known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements
93 Cryogenic
produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
95 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly
96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
97 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business
98 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial
99 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile
100 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.
101 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1
102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
104 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.
105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
106 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.
107 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.
108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
110 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.
111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
114 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.
115 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.
116 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%
161/328
PREPARED BY:
117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
119 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.
120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire
121 55.9 cms.
escape.
122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
124 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and
125 Class D
other similar materials.
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth,
126 Class A
rubber, and plastics.
A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials

127 Dip Tank
are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source

of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection Automatic Fire
128
engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, Suppression System
suppresses fire within the area protected.
129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
131 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly
132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
133 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.
134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
136 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many
137 60 oC
degrees Celsius?
138 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.
139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
142 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to
143
the
76.25 mts.
162/328
PREPARED BY:

76.25 mts.
144 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)
145 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.
146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum
149 465 sqm.
area of how many square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are
150 Hotel
more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and
151 bathroom facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, Apartment Buildings
garden apartment, or by any other name.
152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
153 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12

BLASTING AGENT
154 Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives
NITRATE/NITRO
155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)
CELLULOSE
156 Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE,
FLAMMABLE OR
157 Materials easily set on fire
INFLAMMABLE
COMBUSTIBLE
158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.) FIBER
COMBUSTIBLE
159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F) LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals
Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below

CURTAIN BOARD
161 the bottom chord of roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several
compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.
CRYOGENIC
162 Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.
DAMPER
163 Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.
DISTILLATION
164 Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance
DUCT SYSTEM
165 Continuous passageway for transmission of air
DUST
166 Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.
Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a
167 Electrical Arc
space between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor
168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames Ember
163/328
PREPARED BY:
169 Active principle of burning Fire
170 Building unsafe in case of fire Fire Trap

Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of
171 Fire alarm
presence/danger of fire
172 Fire resistive door Fire Door
condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, FIRE HAZARD
173
safeguarding of life & property.
174 Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units. Fire Lane
Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke FIRE PROTECTIVE &
detectors, warning system) FIRE SAFETY
175
- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves) DEVICE
Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of FIRE SAFETY
176 building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe CONSTRUCTIONS
evacuation of people.
177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition Flashpoint
178 Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension Forging
179 Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion Fulminate

HAZARDOUS
manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or OPERATIONS/PROC
180
explosions. ESS
Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in HORIZONTAL EXIT
181
approximately same floor level.
182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored. Hose BOX
183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected Hose Reel
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
184 Rocket or liquid propellant
INDUSTRIAL
Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain
185 BAKING & DRYING
salts to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials
186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system JUMPER
OCCUPANCY
187 Intended use/purpose of a building
Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease
188 OCCUPANT
contract/permission with the owner/administrator
Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible
189 Organic Peroxide
material under condition of high temperature.
Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical

190 Overloading
system.
191 Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property Owner
OXIDIZING
192 Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion MATERIAL
PRESSURIZED/FOR
CED DRAFT
Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which
193 BURNING
includes fans for introduction of air.
EQUIPMENT
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble BUILDING
195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use Public Way
164/328
PREPARED BY:

PYROPHORIC
196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air
197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture Refining
SELF-CLOSING
198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire. DOORS
199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals. Smelting
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically
200 Sprinkler system
discharges water when activated by heat.
Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where STANDPIPE SYSTEM
201
water is made available to outlets as needed.
VESTIBULE
202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building
VERTICAL SHAFT
203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building
AUTOMATIC FIRE
Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent SUPPRESSION
204
actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire. SYSTEM
205 Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor Boiling Point

206 Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics) Class A Fire
207 Flammable liquids and gases Class B Fire
208 Electrical Class C Fire
209 Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.) Class D Fire
COMBINATION
Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use
210 STANDPIPE
of Fire Service and occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.
COMBUSTIBLE
FIBER LOOSE
211 Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.
HOUSE
Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are

212 Dip Tank
immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.
213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections Dry Standpipe
EXPLOSIVE
Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and
214 MAGAZINE
ammunition
FIRE ALERTING
Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general
215 SYSTEM
alarm to prevent panic
FIRE PROTECTIVE
An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire
216 ASSEMBLY
(dampers, curtain board, fire stoppers)
FIRE RESISTANCE
217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test RATING
A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4
218 FireWall
hours and structurally stable.
219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material. Flame Spread Rating
220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials FLAME RETARDANT
HAZARDOUS FIRE
Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth
221 AREA
that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress.
HIGHRISE BUILDING
222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.
165/328
PREPARED BY:
Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to MEANS OF EGRESS
223
a public way.
Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions
224 OccupantLoad
thereof.
Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic…) w/c when spread on surface becomes ORGANIC COATING
225
protective and decorative finish.
Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which
PANIC HARDWARE
226 when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a
building, structure or facility.
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or PICKING ROOMS
227
groups.
Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air
228 plenum
distribution system.
SMOKE DEVELOPED
229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time. RATING
1 HOUR FIRE
230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS RESISTANCE
RATING
2 HOUR FIRE
231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more RESISTANCE
RATING
TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS
INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants) –
232 15 m
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.
Lot Occupancy Corner Lot – 90%

Inside Lot – 80%
*at least 2m from property line
Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage
Foundation Footings – 250mm thick & 600mm below ground
Floor Live Load
1st Floor – 200 kilograms per sq.m Minimum
233 2nd Floor – 150 kilograms per sq.m Requirements for
*minimum Group A Dwellings
Roof Wind Load – 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections
Stairs Clear width – 750mm
Rise – 200mm
Run – 200mm
Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit
min. horizontal dimension – not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a Size & Dimensions of
234
street or yard, or by a passageway – 1.20m min. Courts
a. Natural Ventilation – min of 2.70m
Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
235 2nd storey 2.40m Ceiling Heights
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine – min. of 1.80m
1. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)

2. Kitchens – 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m) Size and Dimension
236
3. Bath & Toilet – 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m) of Rooms
166/328
PREPARED BY:
1. School Rooms – 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person Air Space
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices – 12.00 cu.m of air space per person; Requirements in
237
3. Habitable rooms – 14.00 cu.m of air space per person. Determining the Size
of Rooms
– eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side &
238 rear property lines / – sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas Location on Property
of walls
239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system) Window Openings
a. Ventilation or vent shafts – horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter
height of shaft
240 Vent Shafts
b. Air Ducts – 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm
1. Office, Administrative purposes – not < 3 changes of air per hour

2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens – not < 10 changes of air per hour
3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes – not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute Minimum Reqt’s in
241
4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. – not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, Air Changes
supplied each person
a. Footings – at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not >
300mm beyond Property line.
Projection into
242 b. Foundations – not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public
Alleys or Streets
sidewalk areas
243 Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade Arcades
a. Definition – a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by

the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk
b. Projection & Clearance – outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be
244 not < 300mm, vertical clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall Canopies (Marquees)
not < 3.00m
c. Construction – incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive
a. Definition – a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be
retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance Movable Awnings or
245
Awning to curb line – not < 300mm Hoods
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) – not < 2.40m
– not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project
246 Doors & windows
beyond PL except fire exit doors
a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner
“Chaflan” Corner Bldgs. with
247
b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m Chaflans
a. Temporary walkway – 1.20m wide (during construction

248 b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m Temporary Walkway
a. Railings – street side of the sidewalk – at least 1m in height

b. Fences – not < 2.40m above grade Pedestrian
249
c. Canopies – 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m. Protection
a. Removal – protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no

250 3o days
longer required.
1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions
251 48 hrs.
w/in ______
167/328
PREPARED BY:
Escalator – draft curtain – at least 200mm on all sides

Automatic Sprinklers – provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft Enclosure of Vertical
252
curtain. Distance bet sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center Openings
1. Access – not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
2.
1. Area Separation
Number of Exits – enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided Roof Construction
253 into horizontal
Above 1st storey area max
– 10 of 250 sq.m.
occupant area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-
– 2 exits and Covering
extinguishing system.
Mezzanine – 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension – 2 exits
500-999 – 3 exits
2. Exits – if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the
perimeter area.
3. Distance of Exits – w/o sprinkler – 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing – exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more
occupant load
b. Double acting doors – view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height – not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening – 90
degrees and exit way clear width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width – max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width – not < 1.10m
b. Dead Ends – max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width – serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant
load of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant
load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise – max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
254 c. Winding Stairways – narrower side of the thread 150mm – 300mm
d. Circular Stairways – used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings – straight run – max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings – max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails – not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof – if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom – clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps – width – 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope – exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
b. Openings – on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < ¾ hour fire
resistive. Except openings > 3.00m may be unprotected
c. Exit signs illumination – not < 10.7 lux at the floor level
10. Aisles
a. Width – not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles
shall not < 1.10m
b. Exit Distance
1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not >
45.00m
2. Exit doors clear width 1.70m if 30 seats bet aisles and 1m distance of seat back to
a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of
back
< 45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.
c. Slope – max of 1:8
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass – not exceed 625mm
- corrugated wire glass - 1.5m
255 Skylights
- glass no wired – 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass – if ridge doesn’t exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light – not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area
have wire mesh
168/328
PREPARED BY:
1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc.
w/c has an occupant load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or
Fire-Extinguishing
256 assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more
Systems
than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles
1. Construction and Test – shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to

withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of water pressure
2. Size – 900 liters water per minute
3. Number Required – every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is
950m or less, equipped w/ 1 dry standpipe.
4. Siamese Connections: b. Dry Standpipes –
257 2 way 100mm dry standpipe for bldgs. w/ 4 or
3 way 125mm more storeys
4 way 150mm
Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade
5. Outlets – standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2
way standpipes 63mm outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)
1. Size – Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per
sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets – 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above
the floor.
258 3. Water Supply – street main not < 100mm in diameter c. Wet Standpipes
4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps – capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm
connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter
1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Building Permits
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
(Exceptions)
3. Window Grilles
259 a. Minor
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
Constructions:
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m
1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.

2. Non load-bearing partition walls.
3. Interior portion of a house
4. Replacement of windows 2. Building Permits
260 5. Replacement of flooring (Exceptions)
6. Perimeter fence & walls b. Repair
7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures
8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices
169/328
PREPARED BY:
any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise

Specific Provisions:
1. Business Signs – max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.
2. Ground Signs – shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self
supporting outdoor signs 10.00m away from PL
3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires
4. Wall Signs – not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/
261 Signs
combustible materials shall not exceed 4.00sq.m. area
5. Temporary Signs
a. Steamers – lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the
pavement
6. Administrative Provisions
a. Exemptions – sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.
1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line &
the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width
separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk
262 Arcades & Sidewalks
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or
steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not
exceeding 100mm
1.1. Primary Lines – min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 1. Location of Poles
7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk and Clearances of
263
1.2. Secondary Lines – min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement Power Lines along
Public Roads.
2. Clearance of
a. Fire Hydrants – not < 5m Supporting
264 b. Curbs – not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway Structures such as
Poles, Towers and
others
a. Clearances Over Roof – Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of 3. Clearance of
265
roofs Service Drops
4.1 New Building – load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location – ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less
Provisions for
266 than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface
Transformer Vaults
constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm.
Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.
5.1 Ventilation Openings

5.1.1. Size – not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the
net are shall not be < 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA Ventilation
267
5.1.2. Drainage – vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided Openings
w/ drain
170/328
PREPARED BY:
6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors – KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor
268 Capacitors
rating
1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom
of pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype
elevators.
269 1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm Elevators
1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger
elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.
2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall
270 not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm. Escalators
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.
3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located
outside w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the
boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at
least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
Boilers & pressure
271 3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding
Vessels
water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of
water heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety
valves are required.
4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60
MPM temperature at an air movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be
Refrigeration and Air
272 provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system.
Conditioning
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the
floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground
5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be
used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an 5. Water pumping for
273
overflow pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered. Bldg./Structures
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank – unfired pressure vessel
171/328
PREPARED BY:
6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes – may
be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure – White
Exhaust System – Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping – Green
274 Pipings
Oil Division Delivery – Brass or Bronze
Discharge – Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping – Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping – Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes – Black
Fittings - Black
275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line. Fence
4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway

4.2 Railings – not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street
and ends of the canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.
276 Canopy
4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its
length
5. Protective
277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas
Nets/Screen
6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the
use of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway
shall be allowed
6. Walkways &
278 6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
Railings
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings – not < 1m in height
7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its 7. Precautionary
279
length Measures
8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles 8. Storage of
280
exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back. Materials
9.1 All buildings – 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.

9.2 In every construction – at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or
dry fire extinguisher.
281 9. Fire Protection
9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such
hydrant/connection bet it and the center of the street.
10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be 10. Sanitation & First
282
provided w/ a physician/nurse. Aid
11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors – average light intensity not < 2 foot
candles. 11. Temporary Light
283
11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used – 5 foot candles. & Power
284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height 12. Hoist Towers
172/328
PREPARED BY:
13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height

13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/
handrails & toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.
13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level
of such floors
13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide. 13. Ladders &
285
13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days. Temporary Stairways
13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m
13.7 Temporary stairs – (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm
nor more than 660mm) 2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not <
762mm long
14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks

14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3
14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, 14. Runways &
286
runways/ramps shall be provided w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart Ramps
14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings
15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.

15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the
end shall not < 150mm
15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to
287 Scaffolds
sustain @ least 6 times the max load
15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground
15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform
16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used
for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the
288 edges of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm. Floor Openings
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high
17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate
rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not
more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs.
per meter 17. Guard Rails &
289
17.2 Toe Boards – shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Toe Boards
Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart,
Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart.
18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations
w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matl’s
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
290 18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the 18. Chutes
upper side
18.5 Openings into matl’s/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be
protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor
173/328
PREPARED BY:
Private Open Space Requirements

% OF OPEN SPACE
TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other
a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road)
50% 25% Private Open Space
291
b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15% Requirements
c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of
seashores, etc) 5% 5%
unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and
unobstructed from the ground upward.
a. Inner court – bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court – bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open
space
c. Through court – bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite
sides bounded by other open space.
292 Courts
• Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may
reduced to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2
storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like
triangular shall be < 3.00m
• Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the
rate of 300mm
Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings

ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR
30M & above 10m 3m
25-29m 8m 3m
293
20-24m 6m
10-19m 4m 2m
Below 10m 2m
2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use
2. Parking
& 50% of each of the non-dominant
294 Requirement
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises
Computation:
2.40x5.00m
perpendicular or
295 Average automobile parking size diagonal,
2.00x6.00m for
parallel
Min of 3.60m by
296 Truck or bus
12.00m
174/328
PREPARED BY:
1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots
not more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer
area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
Parking & Loading
297 1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
Space Requirements
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator
area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and
storage bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant
1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character

2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer
QUALIFICATIONS OF
298 3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years
BUILDING OFFICIAL
4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction
1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
Exemptions of Bldg.
299 Dwellings – native materials
Permit
Cost doesn’t exceed P15,000
Null & Void – not commenced in a period of 1 year

Validity of Building
300 Abandoned work for 120 days
Permits
National Building
301 P.D.. 1096
Code
302 Maximum height of a combustible stand. 2.70 mts.
303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back. 0.85 mtr.
304 Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle. 45.00 mts.
305 Maximum slope of an aisle. One is to Eight (1:8)
306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back. 0.84 mtr.
175/328
PREPARED BY:
307 Minimum width of any seat. 0.45 mtr.
1,300 sqmm / 1.30

308 Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.
sqm.
309 Minimum clear width of an exit doorway. 0.70 mtr.
310 Maximum width of an exit door leaf. 1.20 mts.
311 Minimum width of an exit corridor. 1.10 mts.
Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of
312 2
more than 10
313 Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999. 3
314 Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain 0.30 mtr.
315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials. 250.00 sqm
316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler. 1.80 mts.
317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials. 750.00 sqm.
318 Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques. Ga. 18
319 Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade. 300 mm
320 Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway. 300 mm
321 Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace. 200 mm
322 Minimum number of exit for a projection room. 2
323 Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof. 600 mm
324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof. 2" / 50 mm
325 Minimum thickness of glass used for floors. 12.5 mm
326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next. 400 mm / 0.40 mtr.
327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300. 3
176/328
PREPARED BY:
328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand. 0.90 mtr
329 Minimum width of a run in a stand stair. 0.28 mtr.
330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back. 0.75 mtr.
331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back. 0.60 mtr.
332 Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle. 1.70 mts.
333 Minimum intensity of lights for exits. 10.70 lux
334 Minimum width of side aisles. 1.10 mts.
335 Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter. 30 mm
336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side. 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
337 Open space requirement for an interior lot. 50% of lot area
338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot. 10% of lot area
339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
340 Minimum stair width for a residence. 750 mm / 0.75 mtr.
341 Standard minimum area of a toilet. 1.20 sqm.
342 Minimum dimension of a kitchen. 1.50 mts.
343 Minimum area for vent shafts. 1.00 sqm.
344 Air space requirement for a school room per person. 3.00 cum.
345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person. 14.00 cum.
346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct. 300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm
Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at
347 300 mm
least 2.40 mts. In depth.
348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
177/328
PREPARED BY:
349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50. 0.90 mtr.
350 Minimum width of a temporary walkway. 1.20 mts.
351 Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width. Setback
353 Minimum horizontal dimension of a court. 2.00 mts.
354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court. 1.20 mts.
355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories. 12.00 cum.
356 Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine. 1.80 mts.
357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums. 0.30 cum
358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation. 10% of flr. Area
359 Minimum dimension for a vent shaft. 0.60 mtr.
360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee. 300 mm
361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground. 2.40 mts.
362 Minimum height of a construction fence. 2.40 mts.
363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy. 600 kgs./sqm.
364 Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction. 1.00 mtr.
365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection. 120 kgs./sqm.
366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.90 mtr.
367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms. 2.70 mts.
368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.80 mtr.
369 Maximum dimension of a stair landing. 1.20 mts.
178/328
PREPARED BY:
370 Maximum slope of an exit court. One is to ten (1:10)
371 Minimum width of run for circular stair. 250 mm
372 Minimum headroom clearance for any stair. 2.00 mts.
373 Maximum slope for an exit passageway. One is to Eight (1:8)
374 Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground. 1.20 m
375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose. 6.00 mts.
376 Minimum number of exit for any stage. 2
377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof. 1.20 mts.
378 Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress. 750 mm
379 Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies. 5.60 mm
380 Maximum length of glass for jalousies. 1.20 mts.
381 Minimum width of exit in a stage. 900 mm
382 Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights. 2.50 mts.
383 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show window
384 Maximum width of a business sign. 1.20 mts.
385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires. 1.00 mtr.
386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot. 10% of lot area
387 Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step. 300 mm
388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp. One is to ten (1:10)
389 Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair. 2
390 Standard turn circle of a wheelchair. 1.50 mts.
179/328
PREPARED BY:
1:125 sqm. Of gross

391 Office building parking ratio.
floor area
392 Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot. 2.40 X 5.00 mts.
393 Hotel building parking ratio. 1:10 bedrooms
394 Hospital building parking ratio. 1:25 beds
395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served. 60.00 mts.
396 Colleges and university parking ratio. 1:5 classrooms
1:50 sqm. Of
397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.
spectators' area
Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for
398 4
auditoriums.
399 Minimum width of a dropped curb. 0.90 mtr.
400 Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator. 1.10 X 1.40 mts.
401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building. 30.00 mts.
402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable. 1.40 mts.
403 Minimum door width for an accessible elevator. 0.80 mtr.
404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall. 1.70 X 1.80 mts.
405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably. 1.60 mts.
406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
407 Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential) 200 mm
408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation. 2.10 mts.
409 Minimum area of rooms for human habitation. 6.00 sqm.
410 Least dimension of rooms for human habitation. 2.00 mts.
411 Least dimension of an air duct. 300 mm
180/328
PREPARED BY:
Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below

412 500 mm
the grade line.
413 Minimum width of an exit door. 0.90 mts.
414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors 200 mm
415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants. 1.10 mts.
416 Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants. 750 mm
417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails. 100 mm
418 Minimum run of a winding stair. 150 mm
419 Maximum run of a winding stair. 300 mm
420 Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step. 5 mm
421 Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail. 3.00 mts.
422 Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides. 1.00 mts.
423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle. 7
424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it. 300 mm
425 Maximum width of seat in a stand. 480 mm
426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof. 8.40 mts
427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof. one third (1/3)
428 Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials. 100 mm
429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials. 300 mm
430 Minimum firebox wall thickness. 250 mm
431 Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls. 150 mm
432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls. 200 mm
181/328
PREPARED BY:
433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes. 4
434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide. 900 liters/minute
435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection. 4" (100mm)
436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection. 5" (125mm)
437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection. 6" (150mm)
438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide. 190 liters/minute
439 Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe. 2" (50mm)
440 Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening. 2 1/2" (63mm)
441 Standard length of a fire hose. 23.00 mts
442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building. 6.00 mts.
443 Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve. 38 mm (11/2")
444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade. 1.00 mtr.
445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk. 5.00 mts.
446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire. 120 days
448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width. 0.80 mtr.
449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade. 500 mm
450 Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade. 6.00 mts.
451 Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk. 1/3 - 1/4
452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above. One is to Eight (1:8)
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when
453 10.00 mts.
crossing the highway.
182/328
PREPARED BY:
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along
454 7.5 mts.
the side of the highway.
455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street. 7.5 mts.
456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof. 2.50 mts.
457 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.
458 Maximum area of a dumbwaiter. 3,861 sqcms.
Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which
459 3.00 mts.
they might be reached.
Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its
460 3.00 mts.
point of attachment to than building or pedestal.
461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street. 5.50 mts.
462 Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter. 277 kgs.
463 Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac. 3.00 mts.
464 Unit area per occupant for dwellings. 28.00 sqm.
465 Unit area per occupant for Hotels. 18.6 sqm.
466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages. 9.30 sqm.
467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms. 1.80 sqm.
468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors. 5.60 sqm.
469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children. 3.25 sqm.
470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor. 2.80 sqm.
471 Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria. 8.40 sqm.
472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs. 46.50 sqm.
473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room. 28.00 sqm.
474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like. 0.65 sqm.
183/328
PREPARED BY:
475 Parking requirement for Hotels. 1 slot/5 rooms
Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, 1 slot/50 sqm. Of
476
and the like. spectators' area
477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area. 1slot/8 units
478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/unit
479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/4 units
1 slot/100 sqm of
480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.
gross flr.area
481 Parking requirement for motels. 1 slot/unit
1 slot/50 parking
482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.
slots
483 Parking requirement for colleges and universities. 1 slot/5 classrooms
484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools. 1 slot/10 classrooms
485 In BP344, the required width of a corridor. 1.20 mts.
486 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street. 1:20
487 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb. 1:12
488 Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts. 12.00 mts.
489 Maximum slope of a ramp. 1:12
490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served. 60.00 mts.
491 Preferred width of corridor for the disabled. 1.50 mts.
492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor. 0.50 mts.
493 Preferred height of switches from the floor. 1.10 mts.
494 Minimum height of a switch from the floor. 0.90 mts.
495 Maximum height of a switch from the floor. 1.20 mts.
184/328
PREPARED BY:
496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
497 In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail. 0.70 mtr.
498 Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair. 6.00 mts.
499 Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs. 1.50 mts.
One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated
500 Dwelling unit
to be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly
501 Footing
to the ground or soil.
502 A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units. Course
A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one
503 Apartment
family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.
A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food
504 Barbecue
preparation.
A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised
505 Balcony
1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.
506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney connector
A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and
507 Fireplace
which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls
508 Girder
over opening.
Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of

509 Helistop
helicopters is permitted.
The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional

510 Suportales
type of construction.
Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction

511 Vault
intended for the storage of valuables.
512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition. Cross wall
513 The unit area per occupant for hotels. 18.60 sqm.
514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments. 1.40 sqm.
515 The unit area per occupant for theaters. 0.65 sqm.
A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any

516 120 days / 4 mos.
time after commencement for a period of.
185/328
PREPARED BY:
Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall
517 8.00 mts.
have a minimum width of
518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person? 12.00 cum.
Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road
519 3.00 mts.
directly connecting said building to a public street a width of.
Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not
520 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
less than how many millimeters in width?
Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal
521 clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall 500 mm
not be less than.
Business and
522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
mercantile
523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Industrial
Residentials, hotels
524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
and apartments.
Storage and
525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
hazardous
526 Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Institutional
527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end. 3.50 mts.
528 In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is. 1:12
529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the
1.80 mts.
530 top and bottom of any ramp.
531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall? Institutional
Residentials, hotels
532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?
and apartments.
Business and
533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?
mercantile
534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall? Industrial
535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall? Accessory
536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels. 1 truck loading slot
537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served. 60 mts.
186/328
PREPARED BY:
Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200
538 20%
meters of structure.
1/50 sqm of gross

539 Parking requirement for amusement centers.
floor area
1/150 sqm of
540 Parking requirement for markets.
shopping flr area
1/100 sqm of
541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.
shopping flr area
542 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area. 1/living unit
543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area. 1/8 living units
1/50 sqm of
544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.
congregation are
Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6
545 0.60 mtr.
mts.
546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width. 1.00 mtr.
547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts. 4.50 mts.
548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts. 4.50 mts.
549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall? Accessory
Storage and
550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?
hazardous
Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using

551 Industrial
incombustible and non-explosive materials.
Storage and
552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?
hazardous
Business and
553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?
mercantile
554 Standard length of a Wheelchair. 1.10 - 1.30 mts.
555 Standard width of a wheelchair. 0.60 - 0.75 mts.
How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a
556 0.70 - 1.20 mts.
wheelchair.
How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for
557 0.74 mts.
wheelchair users.
Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are
558 Safety
the basic planning requirements of BP344.
187/328
PREPARED BY:
559 Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300. 4
Magna Carta for

560 R.A. 7277
Disabled Persons
561 A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms. Corridor
562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc. Curb
The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
563 standards and requirements which is the minimum
564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in . Fire zones
Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
565 an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than 1.20 mts
566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than 3.60 mts
567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is a. 10%
568 Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is 20%
569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is 50%
Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
570 to the face of the building is 2.00 mts
Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
571 in the form of 5.00 mts
Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
572 and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than 3.00 mts
573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of 3.00 mts
Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
business &
574 occupancy classification?
mercantile
Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
575 sidewalk 3.00 mts
Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of
576 20%
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?
Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
577 worldwide practice follow the System International
578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is 750 mm
188/328
PREPARED BY:
579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least 2.50x5.00
Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
580 many? 1.80 mts
581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds? 25
Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
582 with a minimum width of 2.00 mts
Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
583 inside non-corner single frontage lot? 80%
584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification institutional
585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage& mercantile
Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
586 under occupancy classification? industrial
Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
587 area of room? 10%
Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
588 many meters in length? 6.00 mts.
Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
589 of not less than what fraction of? 1/5.
Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
590 space per person of 14 cu. mts.
591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is 9.3 m2
Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
592 least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than? 185 sm.
Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
593 for every how many units? 5 units
594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have 750 mm
595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of 6 m2
business &
596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification
mercantile
Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
597 classification? storage & hazardous
residential, hotels
598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
and apartments
599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage & hazardous
189/328
PREPARED BY:

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy
600 classification?
Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an
601 3.00 mts.
access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of
602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person? 12 cu. mts.
Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
603 of 25-29 m shall be 8 mts.
Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
604 suspended at any time after commencement or a period of 120 days
605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is 65 m2
606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is 1.4 m2
607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is 18.6 m2
Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
business &
608 classification?
mercantile
residential, hotels &

609 Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
apartments
Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy
610 classification? storage & hazardous
Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
611 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses? 50%
Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
612 more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at 2.40 mts.
Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
613 an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of 3.00 mts.
Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
614 the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from 1/3 to ¼
Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening
615 10%
equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?
616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of 200 mm.
617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is 4.6 m2
618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is 28 sm.
Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy
619 a building or a portion thereof at any one time is occupant load
190/328
PREPARED BY:
620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________ 3.70 mts.
Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum
621 2.50m x 5.00m
_________
622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________ 2.15m x 6.00m
623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________ 3.00m x 9.00m
624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________ 3.60m x 12.00m
625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________ 3.60m x 18.00m
626 Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley 1 car : 4 alley
627 Parking ratio of Private Hospital 1 car : 12 beds
628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot? 10% open space
629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot? 10% open space
Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and
630 1.80m
below it.
631 What is the minimum Kitchen size? 3.00m2
632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)? 2.00m
633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot? 20% open space
634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot? 50% open space
635 Least dimension for Toilet and Bath? 0.90m
Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than
636 2.40m
__________ measured from the floor to ceiling.
637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator? 1.10m x 1.40m
Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance
638 30 m.
and should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.
639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________. 1.70m x 1.80m
640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person. 6
191/328
PREPARED BY:
641 How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway? 2 or more
A bar which extends across at least ½ the width of each door leaf, which will open the
642 Panic hardware
door if subjected to pressure.
643 Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy. Alter / Alteration
644 Contractor’s License law RA 4566
Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well
645 Building Officials
as the enforcement of orders?
646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for
647 Redevelopment
habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.
The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the
648 establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structure’s tower Podium
component.
649 The stone or marker at the head of a grave. Headstone
650 How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building? 16 – up storey
651 How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building? 1 – 5 Storey
A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed
652 Courtyard
50% of the area of the yard.
653 What pipe color is for Hot Water? Yellow
654 What pipe color is for Cold Water? Green
The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the
655 30 degree
horizontal.
The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than
656 38 m./min.
__________ meters per minute.
657 Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________ 20 deg C – 24 deg C
Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully
658 compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the 600 mm.
underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.
659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it? 4 Storey
. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over
660 1.50m
14.00 meters
192/328
PREPARED BY:
661 Water Code of the Philippines PD 1067
662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement? 10.00m
663 Escalators width shall not be less than __________ 560mm
What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the
664 200mm
RROW?
Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of
665 800mm
not less than _________ in width.
666 What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac? 9.15 m.
667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________ 330 mm
What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of

668 820mm x 1000mm
egress?
Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height
669 400mm
clearance of __________ above the roof.
670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1? 4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00
What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and
671 8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m
above?
672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW? 300mm
673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot? . 5% open space
674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot? 50% open space
675 Roof – The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection. 120
Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and
676 250mm & 600mm
shall be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.
What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near
677 50.00m
major intersections?
678 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show Window
A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and
679 become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within 12 months
a period of _________
A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if

680 30 days
after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.
193/328
PREPARED BY:
681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms? 14.00m3
Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-
682 Arcade
storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly
683 Footing
to the soil or the pile.
All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the
684 Foundation
structure rests.
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls
685 Girder
over opening.
The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of

686 Helistop
helicopters is permitted.
687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building. Common Hall
The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
688 Lintel
construction above.
A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than
689 5
__________ guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.
690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Masonry Socalo
691 The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal. Soffit
692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Bearing Wall
The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an

693 Curtain Wall
enclosing wall between piers.
What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating
694 4
capacity?
695 Pertaining to the measurement of the human body. Anthropometrics
696 An exit, or a means of going out. Egress
697 Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m
698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 0.80 m.
699 Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m
700 The Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185
Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of
701 1:20
__________ to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.
194/328
PREPARED BY:
702 The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________ 0.90m
703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________ 1:12
704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways? 12.00m
705 Minimum walkway headroom should be __________ 2.00 mts
Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of
706 0.10 m
__________
The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be
707 0.35 m
greater than __________ above the adjacent surface.
Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate
708 because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within Slum
the area.
709 What is the minimum length of a chaflans? 4.00m
Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________
710 1.80m
depth and a 1.50m width.
The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall
711 6.00m
provided with landing not less than 1.50m
712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level? 0.30m
713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________ 3.00m
All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard Bureau of Product
714
specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry. Standards
715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 200 kg/m2
716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 150 kg/m2
Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building /
717 200
structure within __________ meter radius.
What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use
718 1 car : 2 units
condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 – 40 m2?
In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of
719 30 cm.
__________cm – 50 cm
In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height
720 25 mm.
above the road or gutter.
195/328
PREPARED BY:
721 Which does the building code regulate and control? Construction
formulate guidelines
Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public
722 on land-use planning
Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?
and zoning
723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code? Building Officials
What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction
does not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is
724 I & IV
suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six
months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::
Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building errors found in plans
725
permit? and specifications
certificate of
726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?
occupancy
727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken? gross floor area
728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy? Use
729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated 2.7 m.
What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially
730 2.10 m.
ventilated?
731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room. 1.2 m2
732 An off premise sign. advertising sign
733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___. 1:50
734 When means of exit is insufficient. Fire Hazard
Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or
735 Addition
structure.
736 Change from residential to commercial use of a building. Concersion
737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable. Addition
738 Comfortable cool temperature is _____ 20-23 centigrade
196/328
PREPARED BY:
739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code? 3 m.
Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach
740 Air Trans. Office
and departure zones of airports?
741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit? Bussiness Permit
742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement? Water
743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled? 1:12
Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed
744 objects such as buildings and Building Codes
nonbuilding structures.
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the
745 provision of the code in the field Building official
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two
terraced flats or row houses so
746 Party Walls
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls
built at different times.
Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner
association for preliminary
747 Local Ordinances
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of
permits.
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for

748 GA 26
downspouts.
749 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable

750 0.90 mtr.
window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.
751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3
Required number of water closets for males for an

752 2
auditorium serving 16-35.
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving

753 1
10-50.
Required number of water closets for females for a

754 4
theater serving 51-100.
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary

755 1:30
and secondary school.
Ratio of water closets for female population for

756 1:25
elementary and secondary school.
757 Ratio of urinals for elementary school. 1:75
197/328
PREPARED BY:
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal

758 1:75
Worship Places.
Minimum required number of water closets for female for

759 4
office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.
Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to

760 poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of 1:5
occupants
Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the

761 600 mm
car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.
Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and

762 30 mm
counterweight rope.
Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an

763 558 mm
escalator.
Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator

764 38 Meters/Min
along the angle of travel.
765 Defining open space in residential subdivision PD 1296
Home Insurance &

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake
766 Guarantee
low and middle income mass housing production
Corporation (HIGC)
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from

lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a
767 minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof Firewall; fireblock
and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of
the abutting living units?
768 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law. PD 957
This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that

have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of
the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,
769 CPD Provider
& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,
other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board
of Architecture?
770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is 1 slot/family dwelling
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium

771 Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may 100 meters
meters away from the building it serves?
PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving

772 Class B Fire
flammable liquids and gasses?
773 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.
774 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.
198/328
PREPARED BY:
775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.
776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.
777 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.
778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
779 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4
780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.
781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.
782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
783 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14
784 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7
785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
786 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.
787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
788 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.
789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
790 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3
791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
792 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.
793 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.
794 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.
795 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.
796 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.
797 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.
798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
199/328
PREPARED BY:
799 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor
800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
808 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3
809 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300
810 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2
Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler
811 system for institutional use.
30 mts.
812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler. 31 mts.
814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public
815 assembly building.
91 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public
816 assembly building.
1.00 mtr.
817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building. 76 cms.
818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.
819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.
821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.
822 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.
200/328
PREPARED BY:
823 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.
824 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional
Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
825 occupancy.
Assembly
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
826 occupancy
Assembly
827 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business
828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups. Picking rooms.
829 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building
830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of
831 an air distribution system.
Plenum
832 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate
833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion. Oxidizing material
835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile
836 parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified Distillation
substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will
837 cause an explosion.
Dust
838 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
839 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B
840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
841 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.
842 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System
The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to
843 form an ignitable mixture with air.
Flash Point
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents
844 or other pests.
Fumigant
845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.
846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
201/328
PREPARED BY:
847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons. 15.00 mts.
850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling. 3.00 mts.
852 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.
853 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.
Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a
854 balcony.
20.5 cms.
855 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.
856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.
857 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.
858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20
859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.
860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25
861 cms in dimension.
25 mm
862 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.
863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is
864 known as.
Fire resistance rating
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid
865 drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
Cryogenic
866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly
868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business
870 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial
202/328
PREPARED BY:
871 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile
872 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.
873 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1
874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
876 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.
877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
878 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.
879 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.
880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
882 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.
883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
886 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.
887 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.
888 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%
889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
891 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.
892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape. 55.9 cms.
894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
203/328
PREPARED BY:
895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other
897 similar materials.
Class D
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and
898 plastics.
Class A
A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are
899 immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
Dip Tank
An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of

extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering Automatic Fire
900 standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area Suppression System
protected.
901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
903 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly
904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
905 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.
906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
908 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.
Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees
909 Celsius?
60 oC
910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.
911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
914 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.
Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the
915 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)
76.25 mts.
916 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.
917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
204/328
PREPARED BY:
918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of
920 how many square meters?
465 sqm.
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more
921 than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Hotel
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom
922 facilities, whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, Apartment Buildings
garden apartment,
923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
924 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12
925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines RA 0386
926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils. RA 0544
927 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP RA 0545
928 Sanitary Engineering Law RA 1364
929 An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber RA 1378
930 Ammended Civil Engineering Law RA 1582
931 Contractor's License Law RA 4566
932 Condominium Act RA 4726
933 Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC) RA 6541
934 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons RA 7277
935 Urban Development Housing Act of 1992 RA 7279
936 Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines RA 8293
937 Interior Design Law RA 8534
938 PRC Modernization Act of 2000 RA 8981
939 Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000 RA 9053
940 The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004) RA 9266
941 Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973) PD 0223
205/328
PREPARED BY:
942 Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums PD 0957
943 National Building Code PD 1096
944 Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977) PD 1151
945 Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185
946 Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions PD 1216
947 Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning PD 1308
948 Government Infrastructure Contracts PD 1594
949 Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros PD 1616
950 Economic and Socialized Housing BP 220
951 Accessibility Law BP 344
952 set offs explosives BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE
953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material
NITRATE
954 plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE
955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F
LIQUID
956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter CORROSIVE LIQUID
957 produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings CRYOGENIC
958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire DAMPER
959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less DISTILLATION
960 extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current ELECTRIC ARC
961 a hot piece or lump after a material is burned EMBER
962 active principle of burning FIRE
963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air FLASH POINT
964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions FORGING
965 stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion FULMINATE
206/328
PREPARED BY:
966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined HYPERGOLIC FUEL
OXIDIZING
967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion
MATERIAL
968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air PYROPHORIC
969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element REFINING
970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals SMELTING
971 interior lot 50%
972 inside lot 20%
973 corner/through lots 10%
974 3 sides public open space 5%
975 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW 3.50%
976 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW 7%
977 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE 9%
978 minimum open space requirement from density 60-100 30%
979 minimum size of pocket parks 100 sqm
980 potable water supply per capita per day 43 li.
981 if independent from the developer 75 li
982 far away from pollution or source of contamination 25 mts.
983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation TYPE OF PAVEMENT
984 not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing SLOPE
985 minimum lot area- single detached 72 sqm
986 minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot 54 sqm
987 minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse 36 sqm
988 minimum lot frontage- single detached 8m
989 minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot 6m
207/328
PREPARED BY:
990 minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse 3.5 m
991 maximum block length 250 m
992 provide an alley 250 up to 400 m
993 maximum block length provided by an alley 150 m
994 maximum block length provided by pathwalk 100 m
995 height limitation 2 STOREY
996 minimum horiizontal dimension of courts 2.00 m
997 minimum size of passageway or street 1.20 m
998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit 20 sqm
999 minimum ceiling heights 2.00 m
1000 minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine 1.80 m
1001 mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in % 50%
1002 minimum door clear height 2.00 m
1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom 1.80 m
1004 opening of main door .80 m
1005 service door/bedroom .70 m
1006 bathroom .60 m
1007 window opening and floor area 10 % opening
1008 window opening and floor area of bathroom 1 over 20
1009 stairway clear width .60 m
1010 maximum riser height .25 m
1011 minimum tread width .20 m
1012 headroom clearances 2.00 m
1013 maximum height between landings 3.60 m
208/328
PREPARED BY:
1014 maximum number of risers w/o handrail 4 steps
1015 handrail measurement .80 m - 1.20 m
1016 minimum clearance of handrail to wall 38 mm
1017 minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side 150 mm
1018 maximim variation in tread and risers 5 mm
1019 maximim distance between landings required of ladder 1.80 m
1 light and 1 conv.

1020 electrical requirements
outlet
1021 2 units abut each other is re required of 4" thk fireblock
1022 non residential shall not exceed from residential 25%
1023 minimum distance between two dwelling units 4.00 m
1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units 1.5
1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 6.00 m
1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 2.00 m
1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 10.00 m
1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 6.00 m
1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 1.00 m
1030 minimum parking requirement 1 for every 20 units
1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units 36.00 sqm
1032 exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less .80 m
1033 for every additional occupant load of 25 plus .15 m
1034 maximum exit of travel 45.00 m
1035 maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher 60.00 m
1036 maximum dead end corridors 12 m
1037 maximum corridor of an interior corridor 25%
209/328
PREPARED BY:
1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation 15%
1039 clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units .90 m
1040 maximum landing width; equal to run 1.20 m
1041 with 3.00 m width of stair one handrail
1042 with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width two handrails
1043 above the nosing or tread .80 m - 1.00 m
1044 maximum distance of travel when above one storey 24.00 m
1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3 one stairwell
1046 headroom clearances 2.00 m
1047 lifespan of indigeneous materials 25 years
1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles ALLEY
1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways BLOCK
1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units CLUSTER HOUSING
1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire FIREBLOCK
1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall FIREWALL
1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement PARTYWALL
1054 shall cover of each phase 10 hectares
1055 min. lot sizes rowhouse 50 sqm
1056 min. lot sizes duplex 150 sqm
1057 min. lot sizes single detached 100 sqm
1058 Frontage Model A and B 10 m
1059 Frontage Model C 8m
1060 Frontage irregular lot 6m
1061 Frontage rowhouse 4m
210/328
PREPARED BY:
1062 Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block 4.00 m
1063 Frontage maximim length of blocklength 400 m
1064 DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS
1065 dwelling unit (household) 40 sqm
1066 occupancy unit (single) 31 sqm
1067 parking slot 1 slot / unit
1068 not more than the building it serves 100 m
50 sqm/10 units 3
1069 parks and playground
sqm/additional unit
1070 4 floors optional
1071 5-6 floors 1 elevator
1072 7 floors and up 2 elevators
1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm 100 sqm
1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function ACCESSIBLE
1075 a small recess space in a room or a wall ALCOVE
a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate

1076 CURB CUT OUT
mobility of wheelchair
1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio GRADIENT OF RAMP
1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels RAMP
1079 a paved footwalk at the side of the street SIDEWALK
a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor
1080 THRESHOLD
materials meet
1081 an exterior passage for walking along WALKWAY
1082 width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety 1.20 m
1083 maximum dimension of turn about spaces 1.50 m
1084 maximum distance between restop 3.00 m
1085 width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair 1.20 m
211/328
PREPARED BY:
1086 entrance depth w/ vestibule 3.00 m
1087 structural opening of door entrances 1.00 m
1088 clear opening of door entrances .80 m
1089 minimum dimension of floor area of toilet 1.70 m x 1.80 m
1090 minimum dimension of floor area of elevator 1.10 m x 1.40 m
1091 minimum width of door elevator .80 m
1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches .90 m - 1.20 m
1093 maximum gradient of ramp 1:12
1094 maximum length for 1:12 ramp 6.00 m
1095 minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp 1.50 m
1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp 1.80 m
1097 handrail level on both edges .70 and .90
1098 length of extension in a handrail from ramp .30 m
1099 height of curbs in a ramp 50 mm
1100 parking slot width 3.70 m
1101 maximum height of tresholds 2.5 mm
1102 provision of one fountain 1 for 2,000 sqm
1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor 0.85 m
1104 unobstructed clear space for public telephones 1.50 m x 1.50 m
1105 height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth 1.10 m
1106 clear opening of telephone booths .80 m
1107 regular buses 5 seats
1108 air conditioned bus 4 seats
1109 passenger trains 6 seats
212/328
PREPARED BY:
1110 passenger airplanes 2 seats
1111 4-50 seating capacity 2 seats
a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him
1114 BUILDING PERMIT
proceed with the construction
all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place
1115 CONSTRUCTION
of components of a building or structure
1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding ADDITON
1117 installation of all components of a building or structure ERECTION

construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning,
1118 location, size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not ALTERATION
increase its overall area thereof
any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its
1119 RENOVATION
aesthetic quality
a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has
1120 CONVERSION
different requirement
remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original
1121 REPAIR
condition
the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position
1122 MOVING
to another, either on the same lot or to either one
1123 sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part DEMOLITION
a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to ANCILLARY
1124
that of the main building BUILDING
213/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
Defining open space in residential subdivision

1 PD 1296
A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income
Home Ins. & Guarantee
2 mass housing production
Corp. (HIGC)
Actual Cost + 10%

3 The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner
(profit,overhead & tax)
Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial
4 capability of “program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279). Affordable Cost
5 Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that falls under Pre design
In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities

6 Burst node
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of
7 Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute? Project Management
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

8 Cost Records
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, &
9 with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture; Consulting Architect
10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work Project representative
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the
11 project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish 98%
outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 days
In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular
architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these
12 UAP doc. 202
services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?
13 3 months
Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

14 PD 957
This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural
Post Construction
15 Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services.
Services
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on
16 Performance Bond
the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract
BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

17 1 slot/ family dwelling
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is

18 allowed but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves? 100 meters
214/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the
19 provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made City Engineer
pursuant thereto
Contract Documents shall be the property of the

20 Architect
It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the
21 contract. Special Provisions
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architect’s approval
22 Contractor / 2
are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials,

23 Specifications
methods, or systems.
shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for
24 Open Specifications
materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.
– establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties.
25 Such can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the Closed Specifications
specs writter or the architect
specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used Brand Name
26
for each specific work. Specifications
Combination
27 Combines two or more techniques.
Specifications
Division 01 — General Requirements

Division 02 — Site Construction
Division 03 — Concrete
Division 04 — Masonry
Division 05 — Metals
Division 06 — Wood and Plastics
Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division of Master
Division 08 — Doors and Windows
28 Format Specifications
Division 09 — Finishes
(1995 - Nov 2004)
Division 10 — Specialties
Division11 — Equipment
Division 12 — Furnishings
Division 13 — Special Construction
Division 14 — Conveying Systems
Division 15 — Mechanical
Division 16 — Electrical
an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language

as pertains to building specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing CSI - Construction
29
in their Project Resource Manual, formerly called the Manual of Practice (MOP). Specification Institute
The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information
for commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and Master Format
30
section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information Specifications
about a facility’s construction requirements and associated activities
215/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Classes
A – wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B – flammable liquid and gases
31 Classes of Fire
C – fire involving energized electrical equipment
D – involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)
32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed) Dry Standpipe
33 air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected Plenum
34 – neutralize or remove a fire hazard Abatement
35 it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke Damper
the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when
36 Flash Point
exposed to flame
37 an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device Jumper
38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in Smokeproof Tower
39 not allowed as a form of escape Fire escape ladders
signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised

paid illegal amount in the application Grounds for
40 impersonation suspension and
aided an illegal practice revocation of license
develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized
housing projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross
41 BP 220
family income)
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling
units more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection
42 Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection PD 957
43 defining open space PD 1216
44 Condominium act RA 4726
216/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the
mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposes
a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in R.A. 7279 - Urban
resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic Development and
45
services, and employment opportunities; Housing Act
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the
following:
Environmental Impact Statement

prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects
the quality of the environment a detailed statement on:
the environmental impact of the proposed action,
any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be
P.D. 1151 - Philippine
implemented;
46 Environmental Policy
alternative to the proposed action;
a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent
with the maintenance and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the same
whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding
must be made that such use and commitment are warranted.
47 Philippine Environmental Code PD 1152
a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except
the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
bidding requirements
48 Project Manual
parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications
invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms Bidding Requirements
49
supplements to bid
bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions
50 forms
agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond,

contract forms
51 certificates of insurance
general and
general conditions supplementary
52
conditions
(also called “closed”), specifies brand names, product,

proprietary specification – the most restrictive Prescriptive
53
“approved equal” language, Specification
(also called “open”), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the
choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
Performance
54 descriptive – like a “recipe” to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
Secification
reference standard – reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC
217/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
complete, accurate and unambiguous

up to date references (standards)
do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)
use standards than can be measured
55 Writing Specifications
avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)
avoid “and/or”, etc.,
keep it short
56 one general contractor single prime contract
major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors
57 multiple prime contract
favor this but make coordination difficult
used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs
58 many prime contracts
are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process
graphic presentation of work to be done

59 Drawings
written and verbal description of work

60 Specifications
changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds,
General Conditions
61 correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract
compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated

62 damages, payment Agreement
changes before contract execution addenda

63
changes after contract execution

64 Modifications
Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure
it is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for Construction
65
payments and administers the project closeout procedure Administration
illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work,
66 shop drawings
very detailed
physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and
67 Sample
workmanship
68 brochure, charts, instructions Product data
authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time.
69 Change Orders
Architect prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.
when the building is made ready for occupancy

70 Project Closeout
218/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule Substantial Completion
72 – a result of architect’s inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected punchlist
Housing and Urban

Development
73 formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc
Coordinating Council
(HUDCC)
formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of Housing and Land Use
74 urban and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental Regulatory Board
protection (HLURB)
Home Development
75 provident savings fund for housing Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig
Fund)
National Home
generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market
76 Mortgage and Finance
system
Corporation (NHMFC)
National Housing
77 undertake housing development and resettlement
Authority (NHA)
National Housing
78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials
Corporation (NHC)
1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo

Gardiner
National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master
buildings were registered as architects)
1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)
History of Archl.
79 1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)
Organization in Phils.
1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted
1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects
1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated
1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations
1975 - United Architects of the Philippines
219/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
responsibilities toward the public

constructive civic service
architects
preservation of heritage
responsibilities in
uphold interest of its professional organization
80 relation to
abide by the code of ethical conduct
people
refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity
refrain from taking part in paid advertisement
introduce oneself by sample (no free design)

ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges
honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)
architects
explain character of estimate
responsibilities in
consider needs and stipulation of the client
81 relation to
charge the client
Client
not undertake fixed contract sum
not accept payment from other source
refrain from business that would discredit oneself
make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)

architects
architect’s error should not be absorbed by the contractor
responsibilities in
promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor
82 relation to
not accept free engineering services or other “freebies” that would make him obligated
Contractor
promptly act on request for payments
architects
no “freebies” responsibilities in
83 avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame relation to
agents, dealers
no free architect’s services except small civic and charitable projects

not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee
not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating
not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest
architects
not invade or conquer another architect’s project
responsibilities in
notify original designers when undertaking renovation works
relation to
84 not maliciously talk about another architect
colleagues &
protect ones name from being used maliciously
subordinates
sign only on plans one has prepared
treat well employees and subordinates
share technical information and experience
serve ones professional association
feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or

85 analysis, site studies, space studies, promotional services (marketing) Pre-Design
schematic design, design development, contract document, construction

86 Design
interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning

Specialized Allied
87 (starts with data base gathering end culminates with master development plan)
implements construction Design-Build

88 hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts by administration
220/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
involves the use of a revolving fund
savings and excesses are shared with conditions Design Build by
50/50 split on savings guaranteed maximum
89
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.
full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractor’s work, record keeping)

construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality
90 Construction Services
control and record keeping)
building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)

building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations) Post Construction
91
post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved) Services
Comprehensive
all in one
92 Architectural Services
Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))

cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit
multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor,
this is increased by a multiplier for overhead and profit
93 Compensation Method
percentage of construction cost
unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)
per diem plus reimbursable expense
94 revised RA 6541 PD 1096
BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment

95 15 days
fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)
Bldg. permit
96 drawings, specifications and estimates
Requirements
lot plan
permit becomes null and void if:

construction does not commence within _______
97 one year / 120 days
suspended/ abandoned for ________
no building can be occupied without such certificate Certificate of

98 no change in occupancy allowed Occupancy
issued within 30 days after final inspection
Type I - wood construction

Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout
99 Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout Types of Construction
Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry
Type V - fire resistive
100 time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without
collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or fire resistance rating
exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire
221/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial Classification of
101 Category III - educational, social and institutional
Buildings by Use
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary
102 classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement mixed occupancy
103 size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for 10% & 5 %
toilets but not less than 0.24 m2)
104 ceiling heights (min): (artificially ventilated)

2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m
105 if naturally ventilated

2.7m ceiling height
106 mezzanine
1.8m Ceiling height
min. sizes and dimension of rooms

107 6 m2 (least side 2m)
human habitation
108 Kitchen 3m2 (least side 1.5m)
109 bath/ toilet 1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)
110 installation in place erection
111 increasing height or area addition
changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without

112 alteration
increasing area
113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics renovation
114 Change in use Conversion
115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore repair
116 transfer of building or part moving
117 systematic dismantling demolition
222/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
118 secondary building ancillary
119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building) minor const.
of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or
120 bay or panel
division walls
121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space buildable area
122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person) dispersal area
123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground socalo
124 underside of a beam, lintel soffit
125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top Atrium
refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that
126 closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke automatic closing
detector.
three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge,
127 must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 – 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the egress system
building). These must lead to public way.
128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire non combustible
door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat
129 panic hardware
extends across at least ½ of the the width of the door
an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project

can be prepared in various phases of the architect’s regular design services
area method
130 detailed Estimates
architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work,
they do not have control over the prices
131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation Construction Cost
the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical
construction of the permanent facility
directly based on building plans and specifications
132 Direct Cost
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not
223/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the
133 InDirect Cost
orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)
134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work Subcontract
inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part
135 Overhead
of the work
specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope;
events that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
136 insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order) Contingencies
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in
conditions, abnormal weather)
the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material,
137 labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over Escalation
time.
earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted
138 Gross Profit
from sales of revenues
139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues Net Profit
estimated by quantities and pricing

140 Materials
by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)

141 as a percentage of the cost of materials Labor
acquisition, depreciation, rental,

142 Equipment
143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment Overhead
144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost) Profit
indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and
145 bar chart
dependencies
graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they
critical path method
146 must occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest
(cpm)
possible finishing time
224/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
** 5 days – means immediately

** 7 days – NTP ‘ notice to proceed’
** 10 days – request for materials and drawings
– notice (stop, begin or resume)
** 15 days – money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)
** 30 days – arbitration
** 90 days – government stoppage
147 ** 120 days – Building Permit (stoppage) Notes
** 365 days – Building Permit (without construction)
– 3 consecutive board examination failures
– guaranteed bond
– reinstatement
** 3 years – renewal of license
** 15 years – liability of architect to his project
148 15 % of contract amount Performance Bond
15% of Contract amount

149 - valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond Payment Bond
30% of contract amount

150 - valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance Guarantee Bond
151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation After 65%
substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue
152 certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during After 98%
period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.
Doc 201 Pre- design Services
Doc 202 Design services
Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services
Doc 204 Construction Services
153 Doc 205 Post- Construction Services
Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services

Doc 207 Design- Build Services
Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation
Doc 209 Competition Code

Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence
225/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
154 Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40% Architects Fee
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200
PD 1185 Fire Code

PD 1096 Building Code
PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law
PD 23 Law that Created the PRC
PD 49 Intellectual Property Law
155 Laws in Architecture
RA 545 The Architects Law
BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled

BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law
1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
“or an equal approved by the architect”
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product.
Closed specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same
as a single product except that more than one product is used. “no other brand will be
156 Types of Specification
accepted”
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description
specified may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name
specifications are open if the phrase “or equal”
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a
specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.
1. M-achines
2. M-oney
3. M-anpower
157 5 M’s of Construction
4. M-aterial
5. M-inutes
1. R-eference – Horizontal, Vertical

2. E-xcavation – min. depth .60m until stable – w/ signature of the Architect, must have
a permit
Important Milestones of
158 3. R-ebars
Construction
4. C-oncreting
5. F-inishes – Mock up (samples)
226/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
1. Proposal Fee – 5%
2. Schematic Design – 15%
3. Design Dev’t - 15%
159 Architects Fee for RDS
4. Contract Docs - 50%
5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%
1. Proposal Fee – 5%
2. Prelim Drawings - 25%
160 3. Final Drawings - 50% Architects Fee for SAS
4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect
1. G-eneral Conditions – Execution, Intent – satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation

2. A-greement
3. S-pecifications Architectural Contract
161
4. S-pecial Provisions Documents
5. D-rawings
UAP – degree of difficulty/complexity of design

FCP – risk of occurrence of Fire PROJECT
162
NCP – use and occupancy CLASSIFICATION
1. DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost
Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10%
(if residential proj.) + 7% = 17%
Design Build Services
163 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost
Fee
a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client.
However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%
164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates) Contractor
validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception
165 Building Permit
government structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost
166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment 7 Days
is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is

167 Contract
recognized by the law and legal remedies can be provided.
168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract. parol evidence rule
is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation
including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision
169 Adjudication
which determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.
227/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be
evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct
170 Mutual agreement
manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a
requirement.
is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises
171 Bilateral Contract,
to the other party.
172 only one party to the contract makes a promise. Unilateral Contract
173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing Expressed Contract
174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words. Implied Contract
Implied in fact or
is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even
175 implied in law
though they have not done so expressly.
A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means
176 for the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he Quasi-Contract
or she is not required to compensate the other.
If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no Puff statement (sales
177
action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong talk):
A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a

contract and which does induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of
Representation
178 the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot
statement
be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a misrepresentation,
whereupon other remedies are available.
A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the
179 Term Statement
person who made the statement. The test is an objective test.
180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project. Cost Estimate
is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for
181 Quantity Survey
a project, not yet considering their cost.
is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the
182 Productivity Estimates
productivity of the workers
is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each
183 Bill of Materials
item.
is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and
184 specifications of construction materials. It’s aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use Value Engineering
of each material
is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible.
185 Detailed Estimate
Each component are often described with specifications
228/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area,

186 Rough Estimate
volume, or bulk.
187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components . Lumpsum
188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time Liquidated Damages
189 The ____ ethically can order a “change” during construction anytime Owner
190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation Liens
191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture Legally
The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the
192 contract The General Conditions
193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents: Bid Bulletin
The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
194 prepared Instructions to Bidders
By Guaranteed
195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:
Maximum Cost
Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method

196 of compensation is: Salary
Percentage of Gross
197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:
monthly Rentals
Multiple of Direct
198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:
Personnel Expense
Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
199 practice architecture Private
200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning PD 1308
____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional

201 organization. UAP
The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
202 certificate of registrations PRC
The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.
203 Owner
229/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee
204 or prevent Force Majeure
only after the approval

205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:
by the architect
The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct &
206 sense of moral values are formulated under the: UAP Doc. 200
Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
207 allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam: one
208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of: 2%-5% of Project cost
209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the: Architect
210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction Work
211 ____ shall mean furnish and install Provide
212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____ Notice to Proceed
213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____. Regulate
214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment: 3 months
A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for

215 substitution is: Close Specifications
The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
216 ____ projects Charitable
The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
217 project Architect
The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
218 contractor’s bonds. Surety
219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees. Payment
Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect
220 suspend work/terminated 10 days
contract?
b. Actual direct cost

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the
221 plus 10 percent for
owner.
profit, overhead and tax
230/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on

222 the needs and financial capability of “program beneficiaries and Affordable cost
appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).
Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that

223 Pre Design
falls under:
In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more

224 Burst node
activities
It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of

225 Technical Transfer
systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 Engineers and
226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to Architect’s Law Act no.
register as architects? 2986
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the

227 whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall Project Management
constitute?
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages
228 b. Performance & Payment Bonds Cost Records
c. Cost Records
d. Payments
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and

229 professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise Consulting Architect
or specialization in any branch of architecture;
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the

architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion
230 98%
after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.
The Architect shall consider

the needs and stipulation of
the
Which of the following is NOT the architect’s responsibility in Contractor and the effect of
231 his work upon the life and
relation to the contractor?
well-being of
the public and community as
a whole
25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager

performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is
232 UAP Doc 202
compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP
Documents?
Guarantee Bond equivalent to

The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is 40% of the Contract Price
233 covering
to be released except for: a period of one year after the
Final Acceptance of the Work.
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from

234 3 months
date of Final Payment?
This services give full meaning to what the professional calls
Post-Construction
235 comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of
Services
architectural services.
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a

236 guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the Performance Bond
work in accordance with terms of the Contract.
231/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for

237 the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth Php 480,000.00
housing unit?
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the

238 secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as City Engineer
the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to

suspend work?
a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR
239 b. Insubordination All of the above
c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of
contractor
d. All of the above
240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the Architect

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &
241 Special Provisions
general conditions of the contract.
Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction

documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included
forms except
242 a. Invitation to Bid Building Permit
b. Wage Scales
c. Bond Form
d. Building Permit
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for

243 Contractor/2
the architect’s approval
A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the

244 Project Representative
supervision of the work.
Contract documents
245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.
phase
246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect. Pre-design services
Specialized allied
247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.
services
The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside
248 10%
from his fee for regular design services.
249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code. 10%
For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon
250 50%
submission of the final design.
When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared
251 85%
by the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.
The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert
252 PHP 500.00
witness shall be.
232/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building. 12%
254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 6%
255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 8%
In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal

256 Architect
liability for both the design and construction on the.
The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the
257 3 months
date of final payment.
258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract. General conditions
Schedule of material
259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.
and finishes
A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish

260 Quotation
materials, labor or both.
A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work
261 Certificate of payment
accomplished.
A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in
262 Performance bond
accordance with the terms of the contract.
263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost. Bid
264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration. 7%
265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution. Closed specification
266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared. Instruction to bidders
The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration
267 2 months
of how many months from the final acceptance of the work.
268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment. 12 months / 1 yr
How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final
269 30 days
inspection of the project.
A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged
270 Statute of Limitation
damage or injury.
233/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute. Statutory Bond
A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless
272 Statute of Frauds
there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period
273 Lease
of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold
275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessee
276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessor
277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense. 2-2.5
Multiple of Direct
278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.
Personnel Expenses
279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false. 1
Percentage of
280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.
Construction Cost
This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and
Multiple of Direct
281 other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied
Personnel Expenses
services.
This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, Percentage of
282
and lawyers. Construction Cost
For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work
283 50 kms.
be located to allow reimbursable expenses.
This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a Professional Fee Plus
284
series of projects. Expenses
The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of
285 Architect
the ___.
286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate. Letter of transmittal
287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect? 3
Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final
288 Contractor
occupancy permit.
234/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the
289 lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the 1
contractor for such works?
Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and
290 Owner
benchmarks?
Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of
291 the location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility Contractor
lines, and other similar works required by the contract.
292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor. 1-1.5%
293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager. 1.5-3%
Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right-
294 (1/6)
of-way?
At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to
295 2%
pay the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?
What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a
296 Civil Code
certain period of time.
What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is Per Diem+Reimb.
297
required, such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.? Expenses
298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract? Payment Bond
What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper
299 Lump Sum / Fixed Fee
works and is advantageous to both client and architect.
300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager. 2-5%
If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the
301 Project Manager
Construction Manager?
True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility
302 1
insofar as design and construction is concerned.
His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of
303 many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting Project Manager
cost and completion dates.
In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek
304 Public / People
opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?
305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals. PD 223
Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and
306 People / Public
years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?
235/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding. Bid Bulletin
The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made
308 Proposal
out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.
The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as
309 a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of Proposal Bond
the work, if the contract is awarded to him.
Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify
310 Special Provisions
drawings, specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode
311 Specifications
of construction.
Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or

312 sent by registered mail to the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business Written Notice
address of such individual, firm or corporation.
Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities

313 Work
necessary to commence and complete the construction called for in the contract.
Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the
314 Install
intended use.
315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite. Furnish
316 Means to furnish and install. Provide
No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent
317 50%
of the contract has been completed?
No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract
318 65%
price.
319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price? 30%
How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the
320 30%
preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?
321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts. 2.5
Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the
322 12 sqm.
contractor as temporary facilities for the project.
All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall
323 50 / Contractor
be done by the ___ at his own expense.
If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be

324 Specifications
followed?
236/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to
325 15 Days
the particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?
How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid
326 15 Days
reason?
Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no
327 90 Days
act or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the
328 False (30 days)
contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any
329 False (15 days)
request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.
330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract? Contractor
True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that
331 materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and 1
rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.
True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses
332 1
incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.
True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work
333 0
from the contractor for failure to complete the project.
How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the
334 10 days
intention to cancel?
335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond? 15%
336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond? 15%
337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach. Penalty Clause
Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial 5,000 for First 50
338
centers, sports complex, resorts, etc. Hectares
339 Predecessor of PD 1096 R.A. 6451
340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning? PD 1308
341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation. Liens
237/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects. 6%
343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations. 50%
When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on

344 200 / hr
technical matters pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.
345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr. 500
346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental). 12%
347 What is Group 6 Project classification? Repetitive Construction
10% of 1st unit / 60%

348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects. 2nd-10th Unit / 30%
11th and above
Group 3 (Exceptional
349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?
Character)
Group 3 (Exceptional
350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?
Character)
351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office. PHP 750.00
Construction Phase
352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.
Service
Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how
353 5 days
many days after written notice by owner?
Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right
354 to remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the 10 days
expenses incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?
7th day / Notice to

355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.
Proceed
356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped. Civic Center
Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is
357 Chattel
less than a freehold.
No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the
358 Reciprocity
profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.
AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / CONTRACT

359
DRAWINGS DOCUMENTS
238/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
360 full time construction inspector PROJECT REP.
361 offer of the bidder to perform the work PROPOSAL
cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in
362 PROPOSAL BOND (5%)
the contract with the owner
PERFORMANCE BOND
363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work
(15%)
364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations PAYMENT BOND
365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed GUARANTEE BOND
contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements
366 AGREEMENT
thereto and all general and special provisions
367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project INVITATION TO BID
368 additional information on contract documents BID BULLETIN
list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for INSTRUCTION TO
369
the award of contract BIDDERS
370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project DRAWINGS
GENERAL
371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract
CONDITIONS
instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings,
372 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
specifications and general conditions
written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and
373 mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or SPECIFICATIONS
ammendment to the provisions of specifications
SCHED. OF
374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used MATERIALS AND
FINISHES
BREAKDOWN OF
listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in WORK AND
375
materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead CORRESPONDING
VALUE
376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered. WRITTEN NOTICE
ACT OF GOD OR
377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature
FORCE MAJEURE
239/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project TIME LIMITS
379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities WORK
380 purchase or fabricate FURNISH
build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended
381 INSTALL
used
382 furnish and install PROVIDE
the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders
383 as a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the PROPOSAL / BID BOND
contract with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.
a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the
384 PERFORMANCE BOND
work in accordance with the terns of the contract
385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract. PAYMENT BOND
386 for life and property INSURANCES
as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship
387 GUARANTEE BOND
performed by the contractor.
are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all
388 DRAWINGS
supplementary details and shop drawings.
are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and
389 SPECIFICATIONS
modes of construction
is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents
390 including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining AGREEMENT
to the work materials therefore
drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared
391 by the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated SHOP DRAWINGS
and/or installed.
392 precise drawings AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for
393 ARBITRATION
judicial proceeding.
the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving
ADVERTISEMENT OR
394 information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract
INVITATION TO BID
documents & date of bidding
240/328
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding BID BULLETIN
the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions INSTRUCTION TO
396
for the award of contract BIDDERS
are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the
397 SPECIAL PROVISION
contract
a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of
398 PENALTY CLAUSE
the contract
399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc PROPOSAL
241/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
1
An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes
Ammeter
2
. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes Amperage
3
On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously. Blackout Switch
4 The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device
protecting the circuit Feeder Line
5 An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid
underground. Cable Vault
6 The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas. Candlepower
7 Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere. Current
8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only Direct Current
9 In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in
manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground. Grounding Wire
10 A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot. Footcandle
11 A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes. Electric current
12 What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in? appliances

13 a generator of alternating current alternator
14 device used to measure rate of flow of electricity ammeter
15 device for storing electric energy capacitor
16 What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source? diffuser
17 device used to transform AC to DC rectifier

18
device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle illumeter –
19 What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring? greenfield

20 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator
21 cap that receives the service drop entrance cap
22 box used for maintaining light control devices utility box
23 What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals? flux
24 electromotive force voltage

25 number of AC that flow in a conductor phase
26 rate or measure of power used or consumed watt –

27 What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted? rheostat
28 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator
242/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
29
instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor ohmmeter
30 materials that resist the flow of electric current insulator

31 What is the unit for quantity of electricity? coulomb
32 unit of resistance ohm
33 unit of electromotive force volts
34 unit of candlepower candela
35 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10 ft.
36 PABX or PBX means. Pvt. Automatic Branch

Exchange
37 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor
38 Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel
39 Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12
40 Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14
41 A device for converting alternating current to direct Rectifier

current.
42 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator
43 Interrelationship between value of voltage and current Phase

with the same frequency.
44 Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch
circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded 5.5 sqmm
copper conductor in a raceway.
45 Standard frequency of power supplied by the local 60 Cycles
power utility company like Meralco.
46 The overhead service conductors from the last pole or
other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the Service Drop
building.
47 The simplest type of building automation system. Telecommunication

System
48 Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance
49 The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance
50 A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors

insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called Busway
Busduct.
51 A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper
bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric Bus
currents, also called a busbar.
52 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting
and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated
protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to
Busway
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such
current.
243/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
53 A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of

joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the Pull Box
enclosed conductors.
54 This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,

switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up
to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical Riser Diagram
version of a vertical section taken through the building.
55 In a lightning protection system, the combination of a

metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a Air Terminal
structure.
56 TW in electrical wire specification means. Moisture resistant, in
wet and dry location
57 XHHN in wire specification means. Moisture and Heat
Resistant- Cross-
Linked
Thermosetting
58 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______. the reciprocal of ohm
59 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical Watt
power?
60 Who said these prophetic words: “Let the future tell the truth
and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.
The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is Nikola Tesla
mine.”?
61 A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling Rigid metal conduit
in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place. (RMC)
62 The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN Heat resistant
is ______. thermoplastic
63 What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?
a. It can act as a switch
b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open) All of these
c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected
d. All of these
64 What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp 2-s3w and 1-s4w
or group of lamps in three different locations?
65 It characterizes short circuit Low resistance, high
current
66 A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings Cable tray
forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
67 Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following Silver
except___.
68 It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
b. Area All of the above
c. Temperature
69 It is also known as electric panel or load center. Panelboard
70 A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient Conduit

to receive a standard pipe.
71 A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually
metal clad cable (type
insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal
MC)
tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.
72 It is analogous to pressure in water flow. Current
244/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
73 Alternating current is characterized as having _____.

a. Positive and negative polarity
b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency All of these
d. All of these
74 A circuit type where components are electrically connected end Series circuit
to end.
75 The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit a. Fungus resistant
cables shall be ____. b. Corrosion resistant
76 The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except Switch
77 A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an Non metallic sheathed
outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic cable (type NM and
material. NMC)
78 Cables are conductors that are ____.
a. Larger than wires Both a and b
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)
79 Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the Gold

best conductor of electricity?
80 Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.
a. Concealed knob and tube Both a and b
b. Open wiring on insulators
81 A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors Multi-outlet assembly
and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.
82 A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor Transfer switch
connections from one power source to another.
83 The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an
CIRCUIT BREAKER
excessive load
84 Unit of power WATTS
85
The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity AMPERE
86 This is where an electric service conductor can be installed TOWER OR FLATFORM
87 A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are
hinged and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between KNIFE SWITCH
them
88
Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA TRANSFORMER VAULT
89 The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC) RECTIFIER
90 RAPID START
A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element FLOURESCENT LAMP
91
An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed JUNCTION BOX
92 A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum 5 STOREYS
93 Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground 3.00 m
94 Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way 500 mm
95
A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces AIR CURTAIN
96 Original name of P-Trap GOOSENECK
97
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected DISTRIBUTION LINE
245/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
98
The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit 1.20m
99
Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on PLUG IN TYPE
100
The most practical conductor of electricity COPPER WIRE
101 A channel system in carrying electrical wire RACEWAY
102
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted
CABLE WIRE
together
103
Another name for power panel DISTRIBUTION PANEL
104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa TRANSFORMER
105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum NON FERROUS METAL
106 The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop
2.50m
conductor from NBC
107 STEP DOWN
To bring down voltage TRANSFORMER
108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure OPEN WIRING
109 Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
brownout SWITCH
110
One with contacts that separate in air AIR SWITCH
111 The voltage across the welding arc ARC VOLTAGE
112 Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose
ARMORED CABLE
of mechanical protection
113 A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc
ASKAREL
evolves only non-explosive gases
114 Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus,
ASSEMBLY
mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined
115
Minimum load over a given period of time BASE LOAD
116 That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device
BRANCH CIRCUIT
protecting the current
117 Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a BUS
common connection for two or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
118 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAY
carry
System fault
of current andforming
conductor to withstand the magnetic
an essentially forces ofconducting
continuous the current network over the
119 object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object CAGE
protected and an adequate ground
120 A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury CIRCUIT BREAKER
itself
121 A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric CONDUCTOR
current
122
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner,
CONTROLLER
the electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected
246/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
123 A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by CORONA
voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value
124 A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted CUT OUT BOX
125 Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total
DEMAND FACTOR
connected load of the system
126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE
127 A single enclosed runway for conductor cables DUCT
128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power ELECTRIC MOTOR
129
The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of
FEEDERS
an isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device
130 Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a
FOOTCANDLE
surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
131 An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and FUSE
severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it
132
Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered GENERAL LIGHTING
133
Density of the luminous flux on a surface ILLUMINATION
134 Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between
KNIFE SWITCH
stationary contact blades when closed
135
Artificial source of light LAMP
136
Device for mechanical support of light LAMPHOLDER
137 A radiant energy LIGHT
138 Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing LIGHTNING ARRESTER
surge current
139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning LIGHTNING SURGE
140 Is the radial branch connection to a main line LINE TAP
141 Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring LOAD FACTOR
in that period
142 Unit of luminous flux LUMEN
143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment OUTLET
145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle OUTLET BOX
146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time PEAK LOAD
147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord PENDENT
148 Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating PILOT WIRE
apparatus at a distant point
149
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling
PULLBOX
in the conductors and the distributing of the conductors
247/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
150 Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars RACEWAY
151 Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an RECEPTACLE
attachment plug
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
152 pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and RIGID METAL CONDUIT
thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after the
153 Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for
ROSETTE
connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring
154
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
SERVICE DROP
splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building
155
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
156 Cable designed for service under water SUBMARINE CABLE
157
Is a transient variation in the current potential or power SURGE
158 Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a
5.5 mm2
30 ampere rating
159 SINGLE PHASE TO
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the
SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING
secondary circuit is short LOAD
SINGLE PHASE TO
160 SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE
This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits LIGHTING AND POWER
LOAD
161 The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, SINGLE PHASE FOR
this connection is used for small industrial applications POWER
162 Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the
TWO PHASE
common wire must carry /2 times the load current CONNECTIONS
163 This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load DELTA-DELTA FOR
simultaneously POWER AND LIGHTING
164 This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the OPEN DELTA FOR
power load LIGHTING AND POWER
165 Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to
Y DELTA FOR POWER
increase its potential capacity
166
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed
The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING
phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This AND POWER
connection requires special watt-hour metering
167 When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced
OPEN Y DELTA
load
168 The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
in any one bank AND POWER
169 The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
capacity of the system POWER
170 When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the Y-Y AUTO
most economical way of stepping down the voltage TRANSFORMER
171 SCOTT CONNECTION
In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system 3PHASE TO 2PHASE
172 If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the SCOTT CONNECTED
special tap must be provided on the secondary side 2PHASE TO 3PHASE
248/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
173 Thermoplastic T
174 Moisture Temperature Resistant TW
175 Underground Feeder UF
176 Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant FEPW
177 Heat Resitant Rubber RH
178 Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber RHW
179 Heat Resistant Latex Rubber RUH
180 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic THW
181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon THWN
182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer XHHW
183 Armored Cable BX
184 THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT THHN
185 POLYETHELENE PE
186
SILICON ASBESTOS SA
187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC AVA
188
Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire FIXED TEMPERATURE
189 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR
190 Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or PHOTO ELECTRIC
diode DETECTOR
191
It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered INFRARED FLAME
when IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame DETECTOR
192 Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized IONIZATION SMOKE
sampling HEAT
193 chamber to detect fire DETECTOR
194 Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used
ARMOR CABLE (AC)
both on exposed and concealed work
195
A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and
METAL CLAD CABLE
enclosed in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type (MC)
of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work
196
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed
refractory mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. MINERAL INSULATED
This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or CABLE (MI)
branch circuit
197
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture
NON METALLIC SHEATED
resistant, flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used CABLE (NM)
specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building
249/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
198
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded SHIELDED NON
core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral METALLIC SHEATED
metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in raceways CABLE (SNM)
199
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in UNDERGROUND FEEDER
the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated AND BRANCH CIRCUIT
conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic (UF) POWER AND
sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by CONTROL TRAY CABLE
messenger wire (TC)
200
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY
designed especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways (FC)
201
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and
enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes FLAT CONDUCTOR
such as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard CABLE (FCC)
smooth continous floor surfaces and the like
202
Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. MEDIUM VOLTAGE
This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts CABLE (MV)
203
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each TELEPHONE TERMINAL
floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable CABINET
204 Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave
TELECOMMUNICATION
links, analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured SYSTEM
cabling and similar devices
205
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT
START, 3-WAY SWITCH
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at
AT MIDPOINT AND
three points SINGLE POINT SWITCH
AT END
206
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover
POWER AND CONTROL
ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in TRAY CABLE TYPE
raceways or in supported by a messenger wire
207
Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees RH
208
Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high
METAL HALIDE
illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work
209
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required SCOTT CONNECTION 2
from a two phase system PHASE TO 3 PHASE
210 Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees TW
211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside ILLUMINATED SWITCH
250/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
212
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
85 amperes
w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
213 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits
DRAWINGS
(drawing)
214
15 amperes
w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
215
PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS
LONG AS BOTH BURIAL
DEPTH OF NO LESS
Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings 460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS
PROVIDED
216
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck 5.500 mm
traffic and over 600 volts to ground
217
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAYS
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
218
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
metal pipe of standard width and thickness
219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load 120/240 VOLTS
220
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates
WINDMILL
froma shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity
221 A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to
PANEL BOARD
concentrate
222
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to
SINGLE PHASE
zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed
223
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to
TWO PHASE
each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be ALTERNATING CURRENT
produced and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero
224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable 2.2, 30, 8, 14
225 Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C UF
226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations THW
227 Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts CIRCUIT VENT
as a vent
228
A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the
circuit automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly CIRCUIT BREAKER
applied within its rating
251/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
230
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
2400 volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system POWER
231
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
24 AMPERE
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
232
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating
233
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
234
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
235
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with
3.5 sq.m
20 ampere rating
236
45 Amperes
w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
237 A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential
MULTI WIRE BRANCH
difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference CIRCUIT
between it
238 PRESSURIZED WATER
A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres REACTOR
239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE
240
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAYS
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
241
Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco 60 CYCLES
242 Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees USE
243
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
SERVICE DROP
the splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building
244
A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by BOILING WATER
operating at somewhat low pressure REACTOR
245
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each
BALANCE LOADING
of the three phase with this objective to attain
246
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system
CABLE TRAYS
used to support cables
252/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
247 A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power.
OPEN DELTA FOR
This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the LIGHTING AND POWER
power load
248
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
phase resulting into unbalanced primary AND POWER
249
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit ARMOR CABLE TYPE
its use at exposed weather or excessive moisture ACL
250
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings THREE PHASE
set at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave ALTERNATING CURRENT
251
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies POROUS ABSORBENT
253
Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second HERTZ
254
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks
SINGLE PHASE
to zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency of the machine is designed
255 2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND

Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory COMBINATION
256 A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe NUMBER OF BRANCH

VENTS
257
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at START,
258 3-WAY SWITCH AT

three points MIDPOINT AND
259 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits DRAWINGS
(drawing)
260 A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN Pre requisite in use of
CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm split knob and tube wiring
261 A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential
MULTI WIRE BRANCH
difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference CIRCUIT
between it
262
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest
6000mm to 7600mm
for an effective disaster prevention in building
263
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck 5500 mm
traffic and over 600 volts to ground
264 Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
265
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
24 amperes
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
253/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
266
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
267 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees 85 amperes
w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
268 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 45 amperes
degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
269
15 amperes
w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
270
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating
271 Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit
3.5 sq.m
with20 ampere rating
272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
273 A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will
Automatic Transfer
automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during
Switch (ATS)
electrical power failure.
274
Moisture resistant, in
TW in electrical wire specification means.
wet anddry location
275
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower
Specific Lighting
arrangements, etc.
276 Moisture and Heat

XHHN in wire specification means. Resistant- Cross-
Linked Thermosetting
277
Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10'
278
The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type. Infra Red
279
Pvt. Automatic Branch
PABX or PBX means.
Exchange
280
Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor
281
Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel
282
Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12
283
Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14
284
Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency. Phase
254/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
285
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured,
Thermosetting
and does not soften when reheated.
286
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using 5.5 sqmm
287
Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway. 5.5 sqmm
288
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco. 60 Cycles
289
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
Service Drop
splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.
290
Telecommunication
The simplest type of building automation system.
System
291
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or Fixed Temperature
292
metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire. Heat Detector
293
A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems. PABX
294
Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance
295
The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance
296
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the
Busway
enclosure, also called Busduct.
297
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying,
Bus
and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.
298 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in
completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed Busway
to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current.
299
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature. Passive Infrared
300
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam. Light Beam
301
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern. Ultrasonic
255/328
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
302 A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of
raceways or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the Pull Box
enclosed conductors.
303
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from
Microwave
movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
304
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or Passive Infrared with
305
Ultrasonic (or
Microwave system.
Microwave)
306
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered,
Proximity / Capacitance
caused by intrusion.
307
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a
Metal Halide Lamp
mixture of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
308
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it
Mercury Lamp
produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.
309
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the Tungsten Halogen
bulb reacts with chemically with tungsten. Lamp
310
High-Pressure-Sodium
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
(HPS)
311
Building with fire alarm and suppression system. Intelligent Building
312
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on
Air Terminal
the upper part of a structure.
256/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
1 What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in

PLUMBARIUS
the sanitary field of ancient Rome?
2
What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the
PLUMBER
field of sanitation?
3
NATIONAL PLUMBING
NPCP refers to:
CODE OF THE PHILS.
4
Its complete RA no: IRA 1378
5 BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN
What is the meaning of BOD?
DEMAND
6 Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be
WATER SEAL TRAP
equipped with __________.
7 Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
INSTALLING
fixtures and other apparatus.
8
What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental ENVIRONMENTAL
Engineering? PROTECTION
9 This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that NATIONAL STANDARD
is governed by set of rules PLUMBING CODE (NSPC)
10 In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
PLUMBING APPRENTICE
___________ laws.
11 What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
RENAISSANCE PERIOD
was plagued with epidemics.
12 Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
other surfaces through fixture usage.
13
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing GRECO-ROMAN
became more defined and appreciated? CIVILIZATION
14 The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of

CARRYING CAPACITY
a given population.
15 ____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the
MAN
environment.
16 ____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly
PLUMBING SYSTEM
usable
17 This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact
of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when HEAT
temperature rises.
18 An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the
RA 1364
Philippines.
19
In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with American Master Plumber
the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom? JOHN F. HASS
20 This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18, SANITARY ENGINEERING
1955. LAW
21 The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
DOMESTIC SEWAGE
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.
22
When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
28-Jun-55
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?
23 When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated? 17th CENTURY
257/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
24 What is the act for Water Quality Management? ACT 2152

25 TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing
0
with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases
26 TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is
governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard 1
Plumbing Code (NSPC)
27 LEAD – a metal used by
Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while
Romans as a plumbing
Plumbum is to ___________.
material
28 Solid waste, from water closet SOIL PIPE
29
Liquid only, fixtures other than WC WASTE PIPE
30 GRAVITATIONAL FLOW
is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.
METHOD
31 In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS
periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir. OF PUMP
32 In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and
west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath SERVICE HEADERS
sidewalks.
33 ____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
PRIMARY FEEDERS
skeleton of the distribution system.
34 ____________ is used for city water pipes. CAST IRON PIPES
35 ____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted

STEEL PIPES
siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.
36 ____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in
DUCTILE IRON
newer plumbing installation.
37 A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic
CORROSION
electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.
38 Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves
RECIPROCATING PUMP
backwards and forwards.
39 Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently
HAND PUMP
for individual houses.
40 ____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the
BOOSTER PUMP
distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.
41 Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment
LOW LIFT PUMP
plant.
42 Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains. HIGH LIFT PUMP
43 Used to supply or remove water from a building. PIPE LINES
44 Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called

DELAVAUD PROCESS
____________ .
45 Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low
INTAKE CONDUIT
but not low enough to allow sedimentation.
46 Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about
1/6 to 1/3
____________ of the total daily demand.
47 In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the
1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2
pressure in the pipes should be between _____________.
48 High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to
LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM
low lying areas
49 TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,
1
pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.
50 It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands
FRESH WATER
or in the coastal regions near the sea.
258/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
51 This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at

PLUMBING FIXTURES
adequate pressure to enable them to function properly.
52 Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water
BALL COCKS
supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.
53 _____________ is a junction between water supply systems
through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an CROSS CONNECTION
otherwise safe supply.
54 * RAINWATER
What are the 3 main sources of water supply? * GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER
55 _____________ is required to be installed so as to register the
WATER METER
amount of water supplied to a building.
56
VACUUM BREAKER or
_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
57 ______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar

BACKFLOW
devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.
58 ______________ is when water contains visible material in
TURBIDITY
suspension
59
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal
COLOR
state should be distinguished from turbidity.
60 The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium

ALKALINITY
are the common impurities which cause ______________.
61 _______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it
will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and IRON
incrustations in water mains.
62 Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping
OPEN TRENCH WORK
should be _____________.
63 The proportional change in length corresponding to 1°F change in COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR
temperature is known as the _______________. EXPANSION
64 ________________ is water bearing stratum. AQUIFER
65 WATER TABLE WELL &
There are two types of well____________ & ____________.
ARTESIAN WELL
66 The recommended slope for the house drain. 2%
67 A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and
SANITARY DRAIN
domestic waste only.
68 A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human
SOIL PIPE
excretement.
69 A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human
WASTE PIPE
excretement.
70 Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for
POTABLE WATER
domestic purposes.
71 A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water WATERBOURNE
include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections. DISEASES
72 A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in
TURBID
suspension.
73
MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT
MCL means
LEVELS
74 A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well

COMBINED DRAIN
as storm water.
75 This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable. COMBINED DRAIN
259/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
76 In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the

HOUSE DRAIN
basement ceiling.
77 A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as
FOUNDATION WALL
possible the ______________ of the building.
78 A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage
INDUSTRIAL DRAIN
system.
79
The house drain should be provided with adequate number of CLEANOUTS
80 The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES. PD 856
81 Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within

200m
____________ of the water intake.
82 TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch
1
shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.
83 TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be
0
utilized as floor drain.
84 TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short
0
radius fittings.
85 A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage
PRIVY
sealed with a wooden shelter.
86 A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to
CATCH BASIN
the deposit settle able material.
87 A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as
to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the CESSPOOL or DRYWELL
ground.
88 The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________. GOVERNMENT
89 ____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer. SEWAGE
90
____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources
such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole INFLOW
covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.
91
A pipe venting acid waste system. ACID VENT
92 A watertight container of sewage. SEPTIC TANK
93 A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or

SEWAGE PUMP
liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.
94 This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen. ANAEROBIC BACTERIA
95 COMBINATION PUBLIC
Considered as the oldest type of sewer.
SEWER
96 Minimum width for septic tank. 0.90m
97 That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from
the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in HOUSE SEWER
the street or septic tank.
98 Sometimes referred to as “the collection line of a plumbing
HOUSE DRAIN
system.”
99 The septic tank should be double compartment and should be
2.8 - 3.0 TIMES
capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.
100 The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT
RA 9003
ACT 2000.
260/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
101 How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and 50%
subject to rotting.
102
TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m 0:00
103
TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a
0:00
house.
104 TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m 0:00
away from potable water to prevent contamination.
105 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the FIXTURE DRAIN
junction of the drain pipe?
106 An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for
WATER
Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
107 What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,
ABSORPTION
usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
108 This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested INSIDE STORM DRAIN
business areas.
109 It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water
STORM DRAIN
to a satisfactory terminal.
110
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the
portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof ROOF LEADER
terminal
111 This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN
amount of ground space between buildings is available.
112
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling
by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.
113 This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in INSIDE STORM DRAIN
congested business areas.
114 What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
STORM DRAIN
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?
115 SOIL, WASTE AND VENT
Rainwater piping should not be used as:
PIPE
116
Roof drains shall not be made of __________. IRON
117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____ OUTSIDE WALL OF THE
BUILDING
118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________ WITHIN THE BUILDING
WALLS
119 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the FIXTURE DRAIN
junction of the drain pipe?
120 All storm drains should be graded at least ¼ INCH PER FOOT
121 This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer COMBINATION HOUSE
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant. SEWER
122 The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the
building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________ VERTICALLY,
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of HORIZONTALLY
expansion and contraction of the roof.
123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal GUTTER
261/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
124 Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of LIQUID
time to allow settle able material to deposit
125 TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies
1
according to its length and grade per foot.
126 TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain 1
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
127 TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the 0
size of the drain is the depth of the building.
128
TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at
right angles by means of a 45° Y and curve assembled in exactly the 1
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.
129
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of
1
the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45° fitting.
130 TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided
1
with a concrete or stone foundation.
131 TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized 1
steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
132
TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from
0
band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure
133
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through
the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
1
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.
134
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the
drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the 1
conductor.
135
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,
or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint 1
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.
136
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a
1
hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.
137 Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply? NO
138 What type of plumbing material is a water heater? APPLIANCE

139 What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a BALL COCK
ball floating on the surface of water?
140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes? BRASS PIPE
141 What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to COPPER PIPE
corrosion?
142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet? FIXTURE
143 What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage CAST IRON PIPES
installation in buildings?
144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes? FIXTURES
145 What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser? APPURTENANCE
262/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
146 CISPI stands for: CAST IRON SOIL PIPE

INSTITUTE
147 “U” in UPVC stands for UNPLASTICIZED
148 The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings LESS THAN 25-STORIES
______stories in height.
149
ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-
It is a non-metallic plumbing material?
PRESSURE SEWER PIPE
150 Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and SILICON

____________.
151 A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a “u” CLAMP GATE CALVE
bolt clamp.
152 A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to FLUSHOMETER VALVE
fixtures for flushing purposes.
153 Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.
154 This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not
required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow DRUM TRAP
through it rapidly.
155
A pit for the reception or detention for sewage Cesspool
156 A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm
water, waste water or sewage Drain
157
The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical Invert
158
An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement Privy
159 The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom
of the tank Sludge
160 A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for
reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal Vent Pipe
161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste Sewer Pipe
162 All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not
less than ____ percent 2%
163
All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg. Bends
164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown Crown weir
165
A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes. Coupling
166
Level 3 types of water service refers to: artesian well
167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap: lavatory faucet
168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is: water (potability)
169
The minimum size of a swimming pool drain: 2”dia
170
Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for: coagulant
263/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
171
The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by: schedule
172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water: elbow
173 Women’s urinal fixture: bidet
174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank. 15 m.
175 Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe nipple
fittings:
176 Prevents water hammer: Float Valve
177 Theater or movie house’s water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons total number of auditorium
of water per day : seat
178
. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of: water pipe
179 Crown weir to bottom dip

The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:
180 A pipe fitting shape like letter “S”: U-trap
181 The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or
behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the Back vent pipe
fixture trap:
182 The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an
1 per 35
elementary school:
183
The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet: 2" dia.
184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter waste pipe
185
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping: stack
186
The minimum slope of a building drain: 1/16 in./ft.
187
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal: 2" dia.
188
The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall: 2" dia.
189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath: 2" dia.
190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for: Gas Pipe
191 The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both 1 per 30
elementary and secondary school:
192 The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:
black
193
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite
screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal Turnbackle
rods and regulate the length and tension of this rods:
194 The first section of water supply piping in a Water distributing pipe
building after the water meter.
264/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
195 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by

means of a circular disk that fits against the
valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk
is parallel to the normal direction of flow of Globe valve
water, which is turned through a tortuous
passage to direct the flow normal to the face of
the disk.
196
The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called? catch basin
197 lowest portion of a trap dip

198 pipe for wastewater drain pipe
199 liquid waste effluent
200
These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets. soil stack
201
vertical pipe used for the storage of water standpipe
202 receptacle for organic discharge septic tank
203
accumulated or settled solid waste sludge
204 It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water water hammer
lines.
205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole escutcheon
206
end of a pipe that fits into a bell spigot
207
backflow due to negative pressure back siphonage
208 What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing
vent stack
circulation of air to and from any part of the drainage system?
209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects fumigant
210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets soil stack
211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction. check valve
212 reservoir for liquid cistern
213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures flush valve

214 It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead caulking
215 process of injecting chlorine gas into the water disinfections
216 Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.
217 Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.

218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 70 cms.
219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.
220 Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary 1.50 cum

compartment of a septic tank.
265/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
221 Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic 508 mm.

tank.
222 Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a 1.50 mts.
septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
223 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic 15.20 mts.
tank.
224 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a 45.70 mts.
seepage pit or cesspool.
225 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a 30.50 mts.
disposal field.
226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.
227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.
228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.
229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm.

230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm
231 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and Polyethylene
polybutylene.
232 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the Corporation Stop
connection at the water main.
233 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air Relief Vent
between drainage and vent system
234 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a Escutcheon
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting. Developed Length
236 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of Flush Valve
fixture.
237 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable Sewage
matter in suspension or solution.
238 Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide
239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Storm Sewer
240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2'”
241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend
242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1-1/2"
243 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type 3/8"
water closet.
244 Term applied to the interconnection of the same
Battery of Fixtures
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
245 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case Common Vent
of a back to back vent.
246 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service 4"
connection.
247 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more 4"
than 15 meters from the source.
248 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is 6"
venting.
249 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary Plumbarius
field of ancient Rome.
266/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
250 In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum
251 A specially designed system of waste piping

embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more
sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and Combination Waste and
vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of Vent system
air above the flow line of the drain.
252 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged Sanitary Sewer Main
directly to the nearest ___.
253 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
water-carried waste into a drainage Fixture
system with which they are connected.
254 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located 2 1/2"
at each floor.
255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent
256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent
257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer

258 Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during Ionization
the incipient stage.
259 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used Bibbcock
as a draw-off tap.
260 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a Top Dip to Crown Weir
trap.
261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend
262 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower 2"
stall.
263 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal 3”
urinal.
264 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each 3m
section of plumbing for water test.
265 How many days, at least, shall be given before any
plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for 3 days
inspection.
266 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in
the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy 15 minutes
said testing.
267 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings 8%
safe for humans.
268 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes
to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on 300 mm
top of the other.
269 Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating

equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar 300 mm
equipment requiring union fittings.
270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4 ft.
271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60˚
272 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for 305 mm

pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
273 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for 450 mm
pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
274 Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any 6.10 mts.
access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
267/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
275 Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm
276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.
277 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the 15 cms.
roof
278 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above 300 mm
any other vertical surface.
279 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any 0.90 mtr.
openable window or opening.
280 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck 2.10 mts.
where it is protruded.
281 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a
roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from 3.00 mts.
weather.
282 Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack 10

requiring a parallel ventstack.
283 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating Pressure Regulating Valve
inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
284 The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits Softening
in water.
285 Women's urinal fixture. Washdown
286 A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to

clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a Washdown
small irregular passageway.
287 This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet

except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water Reverse Trap
surface area, moderately noisy.
288 A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.

Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush Blowout
valve, requires higher pressure.
289 Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is
directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet; Siphon Vortex
siphon.
290 A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.
Siphon Jet
Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.
291 A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the
flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or Siphon Vortex
vortex which scours the bowl.
292 A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through
the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the Siphon Jet
contents of the bowl through the trapway.
293 A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a Reverse Trap
smaller water surface and trapway.
294 This type of water closet is prohibited by some health Washdown
codes
295 The concussion and banging noise that results when a
volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses Water Hammer
momentum.
296 A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate Gate Valve
across the passage.
297 A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an Globe Valve
internal wall.
298 Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or Effluent
sewage treatment plant.
268/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
299 The centerline of pipe. Spring Line
300 The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown
301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert
302 Color code for pipes containing acid. black
303 One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du

pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive Teflon
polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
304 a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5

meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.
b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be
used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above
ground. all true
c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for
water supply.
305 a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage

pipe.
b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a
reducer or adapter.
c. 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a all true
true vertical position.
306 Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes House Drain

referred to as.
307 Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory Ball Valve
faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
308 Treats hard water. Zeolite
309 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base Wye and 1/8 Bend
of a soil stack?
310 The first section of water supply piping in a building after the Water distributing pipe
water meter.
311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub. Full bath
312 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a

circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement
of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which
is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the Globe valve
face of the disk.
313 A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in

which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate fixture
into the plumbing system.
314 Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which Battery of fixtures
discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______. Drainage, waste and vent
316 A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures Gooseneck
except for fixture have integral trap.
317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement. Privy
318 A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or Riser
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.
269/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
319 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent Stack
piping.
320 The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company Water main
where local individual connection is done.
321 A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from cesspool
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.
322 The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures
and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water plumbing
and waterborne waste.
323 That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate Building sewer
point of disposal.
324 A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating
drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the Ball valve
valve body.
325 A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a

storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or Branch interval
floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.
326 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the
floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack
at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of Yoke vent
fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.
327 A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is

about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is
commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also gooseneck
the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.
Also a p-trap.
328 A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing

system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,
digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the
liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system Septic tank
of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.
329 A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage

system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit
of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or Drainage fixture unit
one cubic foot of water per minute.
330 The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be

completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes
drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture Roughing-in
supports.
331 A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when
properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage
of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage Trap
or wastewater through it.
332 A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less Backpressure
than the atmospheric pressure.
333 A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste Waste stack
free of fecal matter.
334 A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply Water distributing pipe
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.
270/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
335 Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or
fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from Soil pipe
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer
336 In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply

line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves Water supply system
and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.
337 A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent BRANCH VENT
338 A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last CIRCUIT VENT
fixture connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stack
339 A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both
fixtures
COMMON VENT
340 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
341 A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect CONTINOUS VENT
342 A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up DRY VENT
of waste from a drainage pipe
343 See common vent DUAL VENT
344 A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps GROUP VENT
345 A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the INDIVIDUAL VENT
fixture served or terminates in the open air
346 A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack
LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT
347 Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the
originating waste or soil stack
348 Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed LOCAL VENT
from a room fixture
349 The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected MAIN VENT
350
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and
RELIEF VENT
vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound
351 An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps UNIT VENT
352
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected
STACK VENT
to the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof
353 A vent which also serves as a drain WET VENT
354 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of YOKE VENT
preventing pressure changes in the stack
355
Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of
BACKFLOW
a supply of water from any source other than its intended source
356 Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to BACK SIPHONAGE
negative pressure
357 Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
common horizontal waste or soil branch
358 A flange that is not drilled BLANK FLANGE
359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water BLIND FLANGE
360 Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials CAULKING
271/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits COUPLING
362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned UNION
363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings NIPPLE
364 Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are DEAD END
made on the extended portion
365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting DEVELOPED LENGTH
366
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often
liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer DRAINAGE SYSTEM
system or private or or public sewerage treatment
367 Is a pipe connecting several fixtures FIXTURE BRANCH
368 Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets
FLOOD LEVEL
and and similar fixture
369 A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be
FERRULE
removed for the purpose of cleaning
370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical INVERT
371
Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and
PLUMBING SYSTEM
vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections
372 Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the
ROUGH IN
installation of fixtures
373 A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
hydrant or to the same nozzle
374
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar
SOIL PIPE
function w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain
375 Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the
TRAP SEAL
crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap
376 Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low
WATER RESERVOIR
yielding water well
377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer SHOCK RELIEF AND
EXPANSION CHAMBER
378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault 50 FEET OR MORE
379
Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer 2 PERCENT
380
A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water CULVERT
381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water BLACK WATER
382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing RECESSED
383 Color coding of high pressure steam WHITE
384 Color coding for fuel oil division BLACK
272/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
385 The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage
TRAP OR WATER SEAL
system
386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof 2.50 M
387 A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its
COMPRESSION VALVE
seat
388 An underground tank reservoir to store water CISTERN
389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
390 Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of PRESSURE COCK
water
391 A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure PRESSURE REDUCING
fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level VALVE
392 A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling UNION PATENT
of the connection when needed
393 A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing FLUSHOMETER
purposes and is activated by direct water pressure
394 Another name for corporation cock CORPORATION STOP
395 A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a
AIR TRAP
seal against the passages of gases and odors
396 A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic ABSORPTION TRENCH
tank effluent may flow covered with earth
397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface ILLUMINATION
398 An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain CATCH BASIN
through sewer
399 A type of fitting for yoke bent WYE FITTING
400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub 1 1/2"
401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain 150mm DIAMETER
402 BATH FOOT 1 1/2"
403 BATH SHOWER STALL 2"
404 BATH SITZ 1 1/2"
405 BATH TUB 1 1/2"
406 BIDETS 1 1/2"
407 COMBINATION FIXTURE 1 1/2"
408 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 1/4"
409 FLOOR DRAIN 2"
410 FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS 1 1/4"
411 LAUNDRY TRAYS 1 1/2"
412 SINKS (DISHWASHER) 1 1/2"
413 SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC) 2'
273/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
414 SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE) 1 1/2"
415 SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR) 1 1/4"
416 SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY) 2"
417 SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP) 3"
418 URINAL (PEDESTAL) 3"
419 URINALS (LIP) 1 1/2"
420 URINALS (STALL) 2"
421 URINALS (THROUGH) 2"
422 WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES) 1 1/4"
423 WATER CLOSETS 3"
424
Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed
SIPHON-VORTEX
through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl
425 Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through
the rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl SIPHON-JET
through the trapway
426 Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water
REVERSE TRAP
surface area are smaller
427
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and
WASH DOWN
emptying through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes
428 Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out BLOW OUT
429 A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of BIDET
the body
430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12" GI PIPE SIZES
431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter 19.05mm or 3/4"
432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 46 cm.
433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 122cm
434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 61 cm.
435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 122 cm
436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall 5 FEET
437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain 1/4" BEND ?
438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m 51mm or 2"
439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m 64mm or 2 1/2"
440 Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m 4"
274/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
441 Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m 6"
442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:25
443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:30
444 Ratio of urinals for elementary schools RATIO OF 1:75
445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places RATIO OF 1:75
446 Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants RATIO OF 1:5
447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings 4 CLOSETS
448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test 3 HEADS
449 It should not be used for steam GALVANIZED PIPING
450 High Pressure WHITE
451 Exhaust Fan BUFF
452 Fresh Water, low pressure BLUE
453 Fresh Water, high pressure BLUE
454 Salt water piping GREEN
455 Oil Delivery BRASS OR BRONZE
456 Oil Discharge YELLOW
457 PNEUMATIC DIVISION GRAY
458 GAS DIVISION BLACK
459 FUEL OIL DIVISION BLACK
460 REFRIGERATING DIVISION BLACK
461 A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which
ON EVERY HOSE BIBB
of the following does NOT require it?
462
A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service
DRY STANDPIPE
inlet and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service
463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building WATER SERVICE PIPE
INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE
464 Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture OF THE WATER SERVICE
is simultaneously opened? AND DISTRIBUTION PIPE
465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE 1 ½"
466 LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE 1 ¼"
467 OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE 64mm or 2 ½"
468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts 64mm or 2 ½"
469 Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE
total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?
275/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
470 A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water
temperature temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at 3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER
the fooe spout
471 Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are
BALL VALVE
beautiful and maintenance free
472
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a
132 LITERS PER MINUTE
residual pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts
473 A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an ELBOW REDUCER
angle
474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS
475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing) 2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND
COMBINATION
476
Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent
CIRCUIT VENT
pipe takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack
477 Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally
REVERSE OSMOSIS
dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained
478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point FIXED TEMPERATURE
479
solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR
480
GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three
COUPLING
inches
481
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution
PRESSURE REGULATOR
system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi
482
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a WRONG CHOICE OF VENT
plumbing system TYPE
483 A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
where
484 water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return jet,jack,reciprocating
pipe
485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5" 5"
486 Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at URINAL FLASH VALVE
higher pressure ASSEMBLY
487 Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or
TAIL PIECE or DEAD END
branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap
488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater CHECK VALVE
489
Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm
AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE
type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote PILLAR SYSTEM
control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control
490 Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap THREE FIXTURES
491 The presence of Fire Service Connection DRY STANDPIPE
276/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
492 Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main
POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND
distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ½", ¾", 1", 1 ½", 1 FITTINGS AND FITTINGS
¼" and 2"
493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes UPVC DWV SANITARY
494 and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards PIPES AND FITTINGS
495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe ASBESTOS PIPE
496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER Shower set for bath (drawing)
497 Pipe not used as water service pipe FIBER CEMENT PIPE
498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system GATE VALVE
499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source 64mm or 2 1/2"
500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line 61 cms
501 Device used to prevent water hammering AIR CHAMBER

VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2
THE DRAIN IT SERVES BUT
502 Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent NOT LESS THAN THE
REQUIRED MINIMUM W/C
503 It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure EVER IS LARGER
VENT PIPE
504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"
505 The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent 6 FEET
inlet at the trap
506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch 2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2
X 1/8 BEND
507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside COUPLING REDUCER
508 A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last CIRCUIT VENT
fixture of the battery
509 A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the JET
surface
510 A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a RECIPROCATING
submerge piston
511
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
CENTRIFUGAL
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.
512 Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade 46 mm
513 A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water BELL REDUCER
distribution
514 PE POLYETHELENE PIPE
515 General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES
plumbing fixture
516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor 38 mm (1 1/2")
517 A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent WYE FITTING
518 The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level 6"
rim of the fixture
519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet 1 1/2"
277/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
520 Supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"
521 A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding COUPLING
3 inches
522 Location that does not require installation of clean out AT EVERY BRANCH
INTERVAL OFA SOIL STACK
523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent BATTERY OF FIXTURE
524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture COMMON VENT
525 A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe NUMBER OF FIXTURE
526 Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged SOIL PIPE
from other fixture to the house drain
527 Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less 102 mm (4")
from the Fire service Connection
528 In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD
required working pressure
529 System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and
fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, PLUMBING SYSTEM
the storm water drainage with their devices
530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source 64 mm (2 1/2")
531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting 6"
532 Common term for a two way service connections SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve BALL
534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND,
535 Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8"
COMBINATION
536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration 12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR
537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR
538 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height JACK
539 Passing on it can treat hardwater ZEOLITE
540 A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
return pipe
541 A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a
RECIPROCATING
submerge piston
542 A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
JET
surface
543
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at CENTRIFUGAL
the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below
544
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against
JACK
450 ft. total develop height
278/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
545 A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water Lawn Sprinkler System
droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.
546
Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.
547
Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.
548
Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 60 cms.
549
Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.
550
Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank. 1 cum.
551
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank. 508 mm.
552 Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more
1.50 mts.
than 6 cubic meters.
553
Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false. 0
554
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank. 15.20 mts.
555
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool. 45.70 mts.
556
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field. 30.50 mts.
557
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts. 26
558
Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.
559
Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.
560
Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.
561
Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.
562 Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake,
0.90 mtr.
or vent shaft.
563
Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm. (11/2")
564
Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm. (2")
565
Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3
279/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
566
Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35. 2
567
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50. 1
568
Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100. 4
569
Classifications of copper pipes. Rigid and Flexible
570
A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool. Burr
571
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as. House Drain
572
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene. Polyethylene
573
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system. Relief Vent
574
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass. Escutcheon
575
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture. Flush Valve
576
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution. Sewage
577
Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide
578
Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Strom Sewer
579
Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2" (38mm)
580
A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend
581
Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1 1/2"
582
Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet. 3/8"
583
True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 1
584
True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 0
585 Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch
Battery of Fixtures
with one branch vent.
586
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent. Common Vent
280/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
587 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or
4" (102mm)
less from the fire service connection.
588
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source. 4" (102mm)
589 Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works
Ball Valve
by the principle of a ___.
590
Treats hard water. Zeolite
591
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting. 6" (150mm)
592
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome. Plumbarius
593
In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum
594 A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of
one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe Combination Waste
adequately
595
sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain. and Vent system
596
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain
597
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain
598
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___. Sanitary Sewer Main
599 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a
Fixture
drainage system with which they are connected.
600
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor. 2 1/2" (64mm)
601
A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent
602
A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent
603
Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer
604
Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage. Ionization
605
Condensing unit is a part of a ___. Refrigeration
606
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap. Bibbcock
607
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap. Top Dip to Crown Weir
281/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
608
A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend
609
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall. 2"
610
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal. 3"
611
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school. (1:30)
612
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school. (1:25)
613
Ratio of urinals for elementary school. (1:75)
614
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places. (1:75)
615 Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings
4
serving 55 occupants for employees.
616 Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the
(1:5)
ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.
617
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test. 3
618 How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done
3
after written notice for inspection.
619 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water
15 minutes
test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.
620 Atmospheric Vacuum
Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.
Breaker
621
Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans. 8%
622 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain
300 mm
pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.
623 Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater,
300 mm
conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.
624
Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4'
625
Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60˚
626 True or false, 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical
1
position.
627 Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless
1
such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.
628 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in
0.305 mtr. / 305 mm
diameter.
282/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
629
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia. 0.45 mtr. / 450 mm
630 Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or
6.10 mts.
crawl hole.
631
Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm
632
Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.
633 True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used
1
underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.
634
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof. 150 mm / 15 cms.
635
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface. 300 mm
636
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening. 0.90 mtr.
637
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded. 2.10 mts.
638 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes
3.00 mts.
aside from protection from weather.
639
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack. 10
640
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water. Softening
641
True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe. 1
642 Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
Upfeed System / Direct
applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and
Method
minimum required working pressure.
643
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack? Wye and 1/8 Bend
644
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit Energy Efficiency Rating
for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy? (EER)
645
Women's urinal fixture. Washdown
646 True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or
1
adapter.
647
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple
Washdown (WD)
washout action through a small irregular passageway.
648
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller
Reverse Trap (RT)
trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.
283/328
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
649
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces
Blowout (BO)
contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.
650 Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It
Siphon Vortex (SV)
scours bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.
651 A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim
Siphon Jet (SJ)
and through the down leg.
652
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim
Siphon Vortex (SV)
to create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.
653
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action
Siphon Jet (SJ)
initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.
654 A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and
Reverse Trap (RT)
trapway.
655
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes. Washdown (WD)
656 The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a
Water Hammer
pipe suddenly stops or loses momentum.
657
The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings. Developed Length
658
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage. Gate Valve
659
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall. Globe Valve
660
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant. Effluent
661
The centerline of pipe. Spring Line
662
The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown
663
The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert
664
Color code for pipes containing acid. Black
665
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and
major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an Riser Diagram
electrical version of a vertical section taken through the building.
666
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white,
Teflon
soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
284/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
1 A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an

opening Air Curtain
2 A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air
it is distributed to an air conditioned space. AHU (Air Handling Unit)
3 A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its
normal limit of travel Bumper
4 The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door
to the floor at the bottom of the hoist way. Elevator Landing
5 When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical
clearance of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical
610 mm.
part.
6 There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___
below the sill of the pit access door 660 mm
7
Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____ 1220 mm
8
Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings. Air-conditioning
9
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related
elevator
hoisting and lowering mechanisms.
10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure. boiler
11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory conveyor
12 Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by
compressor
mechanical means.
13 A device that maintains, control of the indoor environment—its desirable temperature,
humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial air-conditioning
materials that are handled or stored there.
14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means. alternator
15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called generator
16 Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact
with an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion cooling tower
is cooled.
17
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting
dumbwaiters
relatively small articles between levels.
18
Gives stability to governor ropes. counter weight
19
Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight? guide rails
20 Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite
counterweight
ends of the cables to car is fastened.
21
Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight? shaft
285/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom. governor
23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel? buffer
24 A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree? humidifier
25
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central
locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of centralized air con
fans and pumps through duct and pipes.
26
Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser compressor
27
Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or
hydraulic elevator
plunger?
28 it is a device to control the temperature. thermostat

29 It is a three – section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving
Truss
stairway component
30
In electric elevator machine room is located at the pent house
31 Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels. escalator
32 The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected
of a system or the part of a system under consideration is called – demand factor
33 The following are basic component parts of an governor

escalator except____.
34 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux
35 Which of the following is not a component of a counterweight
hydraulic elevator?
36 A bathroom containing a water closet, a Full bath
lavatory, and a bathtub.
37 The following are elements of centralized Method of cooling
airconditioning system except _______.
38
Acoustics is a science that concerns with
______.
a. Transmission of sound All of the above
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound
39 It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in Conduction
contact with each other.
40 Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, Dampers
or other air handling equipment.
41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant? freon
42 gas used as refrigerant with water ammonia
43 an air compartment or chamber plenum

44 liquid which is discharged as a waste effluent
45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as? insulation
286/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
46 device used only to add humidity in the air hunidifier
47 heat is transferred through materials Conduction
48 a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas evaporator
49 What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing? coil
50
device to control the thermostat relay
51 device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct Dampers
52 It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight. elevator
53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency governor

54 where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation sprocket assembly
of an escalator
55 What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized? boiler
56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes Closed nipple
57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat condenser
58 It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel gearless traction
and driving sheave.
59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water hydronics
60
steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights hoistropes –
61 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic
62 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator 0.60 mtr

for small commercial or residential building.
63 A device that is basically a double throw switch of
generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer
Automatic Transfer
the power from the standby generator to the building
Switch
circuitry during electrical power failure.
64 The minimum face to face distance between elevators 2.0 mts.

in three and four car grouping.
66 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the Humidistat

air
67 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat
68 Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin Thermosetting

which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften
69 when reheated.which responds to changes in
An Instrument
temperature, and directly or indirectly controls Thermostat
temperature.
70 A machine that converts mechanical energy into Alternator
electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
71 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in Heat
order to absorb ___.
72 A device installed on an electric water heater used to Thermostat
detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
73 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions Air curtain
of spaces.
287/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
74 A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which

Fixed Temperature Heat
uses low melting point solders or metal that expands
Detector
when exposed to heat to detect a fire.
75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F
76 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or Air Motor

valve
77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F /20-23 deg C
78 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the Psychrometric Chart

properties of air-system mixtures.
79 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat
80 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another Convection

by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
81 What is the rating index of an airconditioning/
refrigeration system which rates the unit for the Energy Efficiency
number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input Rating
energy? (EER)
82 What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning

system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air Fan Coil Unit
stream injected to a conditioned space.
83 In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,
and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be Safety Shoe
used together with this.
84 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when
they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the Fascia Plate
floors.
85 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is
overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is Weighing Device
eliminated.
86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
87 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the Limit Switches
highest and lowest floor.
88 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object Handrail Guard
becomes wedged at the guard. Switches
89 In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and
off positions to stop or Disconnect Switch
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
90 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit Mechanical

location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator Maintenance Locking
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance. Device
91 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically Current Overload Safety
if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor. Switch
92 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for Knife Switch
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
93 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 Ton of Refrigeration
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
94 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
Sheave
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
95 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop Governor
an elevator.
96 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand Counterweight
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.
288/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
97 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to

which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on Winding-Drum Machine
which they wind.
98 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the Winding-Drum Machine
counterweight.
99 In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed Limit Controls and
unsafe operating conditions. Interlocks
100 The following are basic component parts of an escalator governor
except____.
101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator? counterweight
102 The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system Method of cooling
except _______.
103 A transformer is ______. A mechanical device used to
step up or step down voltage
in ac
104 A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat

transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____. Thermal load
105 The following are ways in which heat may be transferred Polarization
except____.
106 The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an 3 section truss
escalator.
107 Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ducts
b. Has cooling tower
c. Provided with air handling unit All of these
d. All of these
108 The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual

usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period, Seasonal energy
in watt-hours is known as_____. efficiency ratio
109 Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,

commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning R-22
system?
110 The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in Resistance and
ac is a combination of _______. reactance
111 A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly Endless belt
connected to the steps is known as _____.
112 What is the minimum distance between the handrails of 558mm
escalators?
113 What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered
in air-conditioning system for human comfort?
a. Temperature of the surrounding air Both a and b
b. Motion of air
114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12? Dichlorodifluormethane
115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____. 90-120fpm
116 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in

changing the state of a substance LATENT HEAT
without changing its temperature.
117 An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air AIR CONDITIONER
118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system BUGLARS AND
PROWLERS
119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building AIR DUCT
120 The current of air or gases DRAUGHT OR DRAFT
289/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
121 Requirement for a dry standpipe 4 STOREY
122
Color coding of piping for fuel oil division BLACK
123 A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car DUMBWAITER
excusively for carrying materials
124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied HUMIDIFIER
125
The average consumption of water per capita 50 GALS.
126 An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes THERMOSTAT
of temperature of the space
127 A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling BULLDOZER
earth
128 ACOUSTICAL LAY IN
The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system PANEL
129
The total sound units provided by a given material DECIBEL
130
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector 135-197 F
131 Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube REAR OR TOP
either from these places
132
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat SOUND ABSORPTION
133
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from
SOUND INSULATION
passing through the members into adjoining room
134 The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a
LUX
one square meter surface
135
Level of subterrenean water WATER TABLE
136
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the
AIR HANDLING UNIT
air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space
137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
138 Protection of PVC pipe underground CONCRETE CASING
139 Reflection of sound from curve surface CREEP
140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates FREIGHT ELEVATOR
142 Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize BUFFER
building shocks to the car
143 That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest PIT
landing floor of the hoistway
144 A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a WINDING DRUM MACHINE
drum
145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight GUIDE RAILS
146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car 600mm
147 When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a FOR REPAIR AND
sufficient room for this INSPECTION
290/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding 2 HOISTWAYS
149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway 4 ELEVATORS
150 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators 3 HOISTWAYS
151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators 2 HOISTWAYS
152 Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes 30mm
153 OVER LOAD RELAY AND

Provision for all elevators REVERSE POLARITY
RELAY
154 A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight BUFFER
safely
155
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or
MONITORING CONTACTS
detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down ON STEP CHAIN
the system in any eventuality
156 A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
CIRCUIT BREAKER
over current
157 During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the
OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
door from the outside
158 The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re
SAFETY SHOE
opens the door
159
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
160 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
only when the car stops at the floor
161 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
MAGNETIC BREAK
rope to operate the safety gear
162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
163
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its
GOVERNOR
rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely
164 OTIS-U.S. A European brand of

elevator
165 A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car
or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or BUFFER
counterweight safely
166
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety
MONITORING CONTACTS
switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical ON STEP CHAIN
abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
167
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts CIRCUIT BREAKER
from over current
168
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
open the door from the outside
169
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and SAFETY SHOE
re opens the door
170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
291/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
171
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator DOOR LOCK SWITCH
will open only when the car stops at the floor
172
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and MAGNETIC BREAK
grasp the rope to operate the safety gear
173
Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
174 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has
LIMIT SWITCH
reached the designated end of travel course
175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degrees
176 Minimum width of balustrade 558 mm
177 Maximum width of balustrade 1.20 m
178 Maximum width of the steps 330 mm
179
Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade TEMPERED TYPE GLASS
180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination 38 mpm
181 R.C CONCRETE OR

Provision for boiler rooms inside the building MASONRY
182 3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE
Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials WALL
183
No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall 1 meter
184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius 5.00 mts
185
Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve 2 CHECK VALVES
186 NON RETURN OR SHUT

Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel OFF VALVE
187
Provision of every boiler ONE SAFETY VALVE
188
Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr TWO SAFETY VALVE
189 Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection 15 DAYS
190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling 68deg-74deg F
191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building 2.30 meters ABOVE THE
FLOOR
192
Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs. STOP VALVES
193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors 2.13 meters
194
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify
FAN COIL UNIT
and cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space
1.5 TIMES MORE THAN
195 Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building THE ELEVATOR CAR
DEPTH
292/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
196
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on DOWN COLLECTIVE
while descending CONTROL
197
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on UP COLLECTIVE
while ascending CONTROL
198 GOVERNOR - safety gear,

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its
safety shoe, magnetic
rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely break
199 main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket ESCALATOR'S PART
200 When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are ONE IN FRONT OF THE
arrange in banks OTHER
201
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand 1120;980;800;760
202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand 1150;1100;1000;900
203
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by ADJUSTABLE LOCKING
building automation system to close in case of fire within the area DAMPERS
204 AT THE ESCALATOR

Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator MACHINE ROOM
205
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard 12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON
room of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain OF REFRIGERATION
206
International Standard and
PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH
EN 81.1 Code in designing
THE MACHINE ROOM a machine room
207 STANDARD
INSTALLATION OF
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON
ESCALATOR NOT
THE BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./
TRUSS
208 PRESSURE RELIEF
Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out VALVE
EXPANDED
209 Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out POLYTHELYNE FOAM
INSULATION
210 Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
COMPONENT PART
211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system COOLING TOWER
212 Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat SEASONAL ENERGY
moved per watt of electrical input energy EFFICIENCY
213
TONS OF
Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower REFRIGERATION
214 A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to THERMOSTAT
activate a switch
215 A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or BUFFER
counterweight safely
293/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
216
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of
heat moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an MONITORING CONTACTS
escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal ON STEP CHAIN
mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
217 A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
CIRCUIT BREAKER
over current
218 The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re SAFETY SHOE
opens the door
219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors AIR CURTAIN
220 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
221 Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its EVAPORATORS CANNOT
efficiency and performance BE LOCATED AT CEILING
222 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
only when the car stops at the floor
223
Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
224 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
MAGNETIC BREAK
rope to operate the safety gear
225 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the LIMIT SWITCH
227 designated end of travel course EMERGENCY SWITCH
228
Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream
FAN COIL UNIT
injected into the conditioned space
229 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance Latent Heat
without changing its temperature.
230 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic
231 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential 0.60 mtr.
building.
232 Another name for passenger elevator. Lift
233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping. 2 mts.
235 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a Sheave
cable or roped is passed.
236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current. Rectifier
237 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator
238 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air. Humidistat
239 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat
240 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator. Governor
294/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main. Corporation Stop
242 An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly Thermostat
controls temperature.
243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction. Rigid Board Insulation
244 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of Alternator
alternating current.
245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. Heat
246 A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to Thermostat
activate a switch.
247 During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open Outside Door Latch
the doors from the outside.
248 A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if Panic Bar
subjected to pressure.
249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F
250 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower Pressure Regulating
constant pressure. Valve
251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve. Air Motor
252 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended Counterweight
scenery, or the like.
253 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the
Winding-Drum Machine
car are fastened, and on which they wind.
254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. Guiderails
255 Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit 600 mm
shall not be less than ___.
256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope. 30 mm
257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator. 558 mm
258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel. 38 Meters/Min
259 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F
260 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into Microphone
variable electrical current.
261 A rate of rise type detector. Thermal Detector
262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures. Psychrometric Chart
263 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat
264 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a Convection
mass of fluid.
265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions. Limit Controls and
Interlocks
266
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to
Fan Coil Unit
dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.
267
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there
Safety Shoe
is something. Photocell can be used together with this.
268 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car Fascia Plate
which is stopped between the floors.
295/328
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
269 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains Weighing Device
open until overloading is eliminated.
270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. Limit Switches
272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard. Handrail Guard
Switches
273
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and
Disconnect Switch
off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
274 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against
accidental movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general Mechanical
maintenance.
275 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is Current Overload Safety
supplied to the motor. Switch
276 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or Knife Switch
repairs.
277 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same
Ton of Refrigeration
tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)
296/328
PREPARED BY:
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
1 Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic

medium Sound
2
A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of. 20 to 20000 HZ
3
Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec. 344 m/ sec.
4 The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit
of time. Frequency
5 Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated
reflections. Reverberation
6 Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70

m/ sec. after hear the direct sound. Echo
7
Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes
traversing back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces. Flutter
8 A device used for sound absorption Fibrous Materials

9
This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface Creep
10 Sound travels only about ___________m/sec. 344 m/sec
11 It is the measurement of the intensity of sound. decibel
12
It is the limit for comfortable hearing. 40 db
13 It is the time in seconds that a reflected sound

diminishes for the case by 60db after the original Reverberation time
sound has stopped.
14 It is a type of microphone which equally sensitive
omnidirectional mic
sound arriving at it from any direction
15 It has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,
incandescent
induces sleep, best for bars and night club.
16 In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is the
photometry
science that deals with measurement of light.
17
It refers to the unit of intensity of light of one
standard candle whose light is concentrated at a
candle power
point and the light source is assumed to be placed at
the center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.
18
In physical principles of light, it is the light rays
leaving the source strike through, opaque surface
which spreads the light in various directions, in Diffusion
addition light is broken up while in reflection, the
light bounces back at a different direction.
19 It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light falling

Lumen
on a surface from the source.
297/328
PREPARED BY:
20 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is

the reciprocal of ohm
defined as _______.
21 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.
Watt
What is electrical power?
22 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is
1 lumen per sq.m.
the unit for lux?
23 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound
intensity ______ the square of the distance Varies inversely with
from the source.”
24 Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity
(usually power or intensity) Decibel
relative to a specified or implied reference level.
25 An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in
motion relative to each
droppler effect
other, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and
decreasing when they move apart
26 What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls? flutter
27
– delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard Echo
28 unpleasant or unwanted sound Noise

29
What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound? psycho acoustics
30 environmental
study of effects on environment upon audible sound
acoustics –
31 study of sound generated by equipment electro acoustics
32 What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one
wavelength
cycle?
33 rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon frequency –
34 a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules in

sound –
the air
35 What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source? magnitude
36 unit of loudness of sound decibel
37 at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure velocity –

38 What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room? sound foci
39 one characterized by large amounts of absorption dead room
40 characterized by very small amounts of absorption Live room
41 What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped? reverberation
42 state existing in a system which is set into oscillation resonance

43 simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a single
pure tone –
frequency
44 A type of lighting that provides illumination to special Specific Lighting
objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.
298/328
PREPARED BY:
45 Unit of loudness level. Phon
46 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting Sound Absorption

it to heat.
47 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength
48 The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure

level of sound which is transmitted from one point to Sound Attenuation
another.
49 Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of Sabin
perfectly absorptive material.
50 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to Sound Diffraction
be bent or scattered around
51 Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being Threshold of Audibility
detected by the human ear
52 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an Sound
elastic medium.
53 Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone
54 Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave
55 Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire
56 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela
57 Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area General Lighting

lighting.
58 The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux
59 The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction Luminance

per unit of projected area.
60 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square Foot-Candle
foot.
61 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square Lux
meter
62 Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is Indirect Lighting
directed to the ceiling and upper
63 walls of the room
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode
64 The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity
65 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular Accent Lighting

points of interest.
66 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense
67 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID). High-Pressure-Sodium
68 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts Microphone

variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
69 Light originating from sources not facing each other, as Cross Light
from windows in adjacent walls.
70 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire
71 A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and Eggcrate

used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.
72 A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of Floodlight
illumination over a large area.
299/328
PREPARED BY:
73 A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat Passive Infrared

range of body temperature.
74 A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of Passive Infrared
light beam.
75 A type of perimeter detector which detects change in Ultrasonic
sound wave pattern.
76 A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false
alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building Microwave
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
77 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive Passive Infrared with
infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system. Ultrasonic (or
Microwave)
78 This type of perimeter detector detects a change in
capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion. Proximity / Capacitance
Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave
79 A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is

produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor, Metal Halide Lamp
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
80 A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,

uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an Mercury Lamp
electric discharge in mercury vapor.
81 A type of lamp which produces light by means of the

Tungsten Halogen
reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically
Lamp
with tungsten.
82 A type of lamp generally used for roadways and High-Pressure-Sodium
sidewalks, uses sodium gas. (HPS)
83 The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or Frequency
oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.
84 Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is
reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition,
the higher the number, the Transmission Loss
greater the insulation value.
85 212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet Infra Red
type.
86 What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band Porous Absorbents
frequencies.
87 The bending of sound wave when traveling forward Refraction
changes direction as it passes through different densities.
88 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux? 1 lumen per sq.m.
89 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux
90 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound intensity ______ the Varies inversely with
square of the distance from the source.”
91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______. a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound
92 Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______. Curve surface
300/328
PREPARED BY:
93 Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following

____.
a. Intensity of sound from source
b. Material density All of the above
c. Medium
d. All of the above
94 Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?

a. Shape and proportion of room
b. Room cavity All of the above
c. Seating and other furnishings
d. All of the above
95 A condition characterized as vertically downward directly below Nadir

the luminaire. What is that term?
96 It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorption Sound absorption
coefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.
97 Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneered Architectural acoustics
work on sound is said to be the father of ____?
98 When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling, Structureborne sound
etc. It is referred to as _____.
99 A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,
environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise, Environmental
etc. acoustics
100 This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,

consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This is
used to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic wave Hermholtz resonator
configuration.
101 A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of different Individual resonator
sizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.
102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____. Threshold of hearing
103 Unit of capacitance is _____. Farad
104 The following statements are true with regards to sound except
___.
a. That sound is an aural sensation
b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium
That sound travels in a
c. That sound travels in a vacuum
vacuum
d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in
an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and
energy to them
___.
105 The velocity of sound is affected by _____.
a. Temperature
b. Kind of medium
c. Material density All of the above
d. All of the above
106 Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes. 10% opening
Which facing will reflect more sound?
107 Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest Cafeteria with people in
sound pressure level (SPL)? it
108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds HERTZ
109 Unit of loudness of level PHON

110
Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection REVERBERATION
301/328
PREPARED BY:
111 Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration WAVELENGTH
112
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around SOUND DIFFRACTION
113 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium SOUND
114 Sound sensation in a single frequency PURE TONE

115
A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity CANDELA
116 A lighting fixture LUMINAIRE
117 Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter LAMBERT
118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
119 Unit of illumination equal to one square foot FOOT CANDLE
120 Rate of flow of light through a surface LUMINOUS FLUX
121 Resistance in AC system IMPEDANCE
122 Reciprocal of resistance CONDUCTANCE
123 Rate of flow of sound energy SOUND INTENSITY
124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests ACCENT LIGHTING
125
A type of HID lamp HPS LAMP
126 Higher than 20,000 Hertz ULTRASONIC
127 Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect SABINS
absorber
128
First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet AVOIDING ZONES OF
internal acoustic environment DIRECT SOUND
129 INSTALL ABSORBENT

The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted MATERIALS WITHIN THE
airborne, for noise reduction within a space WALL OF THE
ENCLOSURE
130
Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz 7,380 fps
131
Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area
INTENSITY
perpendicular to the direction of propagation
132
The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in
REFRACTION
direction as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend
133
Unit of loudness level. Phon
134
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat. Sound Absorption
302/328
PREPARED BY:
135
Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength
136 The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted
Sound Attenuation
from one point to another.
137
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. Sabin
138
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around. Sound Diffraction
139
Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear. Threshold of Audibility
140
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium. Sound
141
Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone
142
Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave
143
Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire
144
The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela
145
Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting. General Lighting
146
The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux
147
The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. Luminance
148
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. Foot-Candle
149
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter. Lux
150 Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper
Indirect Lighting
walls of the room.
151
The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb. Tungsten
152
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode
153
The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity
154
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest. Accent Lighting
303/328
PREPARED BY:
155
A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense
156 High-Pressure-Sodium
A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).
(HPS)
157
Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. Cross Light
158
A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire
159 A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted
Eggcrate
by an overhead source.
160
A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. Floodlight
161
What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. Porous Absorbents
162 The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through
Refraction
different densities.
163 The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles
Frequency
per second.
164
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it;
a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater Transmission Loss
the insulation value.
304/328
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
1 Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth? BUTACA

2 is an exquisite chest drawers
comoda
3 is a modified church pew kapiya

4 is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat gallinera
5 Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats? al mario
6 refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door
aparador
7 is used to store food and utensils

pamingalan
8 is a daybed diban
9 What is escritoire? a writing desk
10 is called bergere arm chair with closed

arms
11 is called the etagere hanging or standing
shelves
12 is called finial crowning ornament on
furniture
13 Who designed the “Barcelona Chair”? Ludwig Mies van de
Rohe
14 designed the adjustable chaise lounge Le Corbusier –
15 designed the cantilevered chair Alvar Aalto
16 designed the cesca cantilevered chair Marcel Bruer

17 It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal
tulip chair
18 is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam chaise

19 is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing and
pre-foamed latex foam ribbon chair
20 is made of reinforced molded fiberglass gyro chair –
305/328
BAHAY KUBO
Kitchen Gilir
Toilet & Bath Batalan
Rice Storage Kamalig
Low Table Dulang
Closet Tampipi
Room Silid
Room for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan
BAHAY NA BATO
Ground Floor
For caroza storage Zaguan
Horse Stable Quadra
Store room Bodega
Second Floor
Water Cistern Aljibe
Overhanging 2nd floor Volada
Food Storage Dispensa
Ante room for stairs Caida
Living room Sala
Dining room Comedor
Kitchen Cocina
Pantry Dispensa
Toilet Letrina / Comun
Bath Bano
Open terrace Azotea
Room Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio
Vault Entresuelo
Balcony Balcon
Courtyard Patio
distinctive features
1. PERSIANA – large windows with slats covered with
capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia
2. VENTANILLA – small windows usually at lower
portion of the wall
3. CALLADO – open woodwork or tracery; fixed over
a window or placed as space dividers
4. BARANDILLAS – wrought iron traceries on the wall
5. BANGGERA – where the dishes are kept
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT STYLE
EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Luxor Luxor, Egypt
Abu Simbel
Pyramid of King Zoser Imhotep
The Great Pyramid
GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Partheon Athens, Greece Itchinus, Callicarates Ancient Greek, Doric
with Phidias
Erechtheum Athens, Greece Mnesicles Ancient Greek, Ionic
Epidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece Polykleitos Ancient Greek
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
The Pantheon Rome, Italy Acrippa Ancient Roman
Trajan's Forum Rome, Italy Apollodorus of Damascus Roman
Colosseum Rome, Italy Vespacian and Domitian Ancient Roman
AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE
White House Washington, D.C. James Hoban Georgian Neoclassical
Capitol of the United States Washington, D.C. Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch Neoclassical
National Gallery Of Art John Russel Pope
Washington Monument Washington, D.C. Robert Mills Neo-Egyptian
University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson Classical, Neo-Palladian
Massachusetts State House Charles Bulfinch
Saint Patrick's Cathedral New York James Renwick
Connecticut State Capitol Richard Upjohn
Monticallo Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson Colonial Georgian
New York City Hall New York Pierre L'enfant French Renaissance -
Georgian Style
Fallingwater Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania Frank Lloyd Wright Expressionist Modern
Guggenheim Museum New York, New York Frank Lloyd Wright Modern
Coonley House Riverside, Illonois Frank Lloyd Wright Prairie Style
Ennis House Los Angeles, California Frank Lloyd Wright Deco Modern
Johnson Wax Building Racine, Winconsin Frank Lloyd Wright Modern
Larkin Building Buffalo, New York Frank Lloyd Wright Early Modern
Wingspread Wind Point Frank Lloyd Wright Neo-Vernacular
Golden Gate Bridge San Francisco,California Joseph Strauss Structural Modern
with some Art Deco details
FRENCH ARCHITECTURE
The Louvre Paris, France Peirre Lescot French Renaissance
Tuileries Paris, France
Palais Royal
Sacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
Hotel de Ville Domencio de Cortona
Arc de Triomphe
Pompidou Centre Paris, France Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano High-Tech Modern
Notre Dame de Paris Paris, France Maurice de Sully Early Gothic
ParisOpera House Paris, France Charles Garnier Neo-Baroque
Elysee Palace Claude Mollet
Hotel de Invalides
La Madelaine Napoleon I
Sorbonne Paris, France
Charles Cathedral Chartes, France Gothic exempler
Amien's Cathedral French Gothic
Rheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower Paris, France Gustave Eiffel Victorian Structural
Expressionist
Notre Dame du Haut Ronchamp, France Le Corbusier Expressionist Modern
Villa Savoye Poissy, France Le Corbusier Modern
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT STYLE

GERMAN ARCHITECTURE
Burgtheater Gottfried Semper with
Karl Von Hasenaver
Berlin Opera House Georg Wenzeslaus Von
Knobelsdorf
Wurzburg Residenz Balthazar Neumann
Einstein Tower Potsdam, Germany Erich Mendelsohn Expressionist Early Modern
ENGLISH ARCHITECTURE
British Moseum London, England Sir Robert Smirke Victorian Ionic façade
Classical Revival
Salisbury Cathedral Salisbury, England English Gothic
Queen's House Greenwich, England Inigo Jones Palladian, Late English
Renaissance
Somerset House London, England William Chambers Neoclassical
St. Paul's Cathedral London, England Sir Christopher Wren Late Renaissance to Baroque
Chiswick House Chiswick, England Lord Burlington Palladian
Westminster Palace London, England Sir Charles Barry English Gothic Revival
Glasgow School of Art Galsgow,England Charles Rennie Mackintosh Art Nouveau
Durham cathedral Durham, England Romanesque
Buckingham Palace Sir George Goring
CHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Heaven China
Hagia Sofia Istanbul, Turkey Isidoros and Anthemios Byzantine
Cathedral of Siena Southern Italy Gothic and Mediterranean
Pisa Cathedral Pisa, Italy Romanesque
Florence Cathedral Florence, Italy Arnolfo di Cambio Italian Romanesque
Krak des Chevaliers Syria Medieval
Alhambra Granada, Spain Moorish(Islamic)
Casa Batllo Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi Expressionist or Art Nouveau
Casa Mila Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi Art Nouveau
Sagrada Familia Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi Expressionist
Taj Mahal Agra, India Emperor Shah Jahan Islamic
PHILIPPINE CHURCHES
Paoay Church Ilocos Norte Antonio Estavillo
Vigan Church Ilocos Sur Baroque
Santa Maria Church Ilocos Sur Benigno Fernandez
Tumauini Church Isabela ultra-baroque
Angat Church Bulacan Baroque
Barasoain Church Bulacan
San Sebastian Church Manila Genaro Palacios Gothic Style
San Augustine Church Manila Juan Macias Baroque or Neo Classic
Taal Church Batangas Fray Marcos Anton
Don Luciano Oliver
Daraga Church Albay
Miagao Church Iloilo
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica Cebu Fray Juan de Albarran Romanesque and Neo Classic
PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERS
PBCom Tower Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Petron Mega Plaza Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
BSA Twin Tower Mandaluyong
G.T. International Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Robinson's Equitable Tower Pasig HOK
ICEC (LKG) Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Makati Arquitectonica
Roxas Triangle 1 & 2 Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT

SKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLD
Petronas Tower Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Cesar Pelli & Associates 88 / 452 meters
Sears Tower Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill 110 / 443 meters
Jin Mao Building Shnaghai, China Skidmore, Owings and Merill 88 / 420.60 meters
Plaza Rakyat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Skidmore, Owings and Merill 79 / 382 meters
Empire State Building New Yrok City, USA Shreve Lamb & Harmon 102 / 381 meters
Associates
Central Plaza Hong Kong, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man 78 / 374 meters
and Associates
Bank of China Hong Kong, China I.M. Pei & Partners 70 / 369 meters
Emirates Tower I Dubai, UAE NORR Group Consultants 56 / 358 meters
Intenational, Ltd.
The Center Hong Kong, China 73 / 350 meters
T & C Tower Kaohsiung, Taiwan Hellmuth, Obata & 85/ 347 meters
Kassabuam/Cy Lee
AON Center Chicago, USA Edward D. Stone & 83 / 346 meters
Associates
John Hancock Center Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill 100 / 344 meters
Shun Hing Square Shenzhen, China K.Y. Cheung Design 81 / 325 meters
Associates
Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) Guangzhou, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man 80 / 322 meters
& Associates
Burj Al-Arab Hotel Dubai, UAE Tom Wright of WS Atkins 60 / 321 meters
& Partners
Baiyoke Tower 2 Bangkok, Thailand Plan Architect Co. 90 / 320 meters
Chrysler Building New Yrok City, USA William Van Allen 77 / 319.40 meters
Bank of American Palza Atlanta, USA Johnson/Burgee Architects 55 / 312 meters
Library Tower Los Angeles, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners 73 / 310.30 meters
Malaysia Telecom HQ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Hijjas Kasturi Associates 77 / 310 meters
Daewoo and Partners
AT & T Corporate Center Chicago, USA Peter Ellis, SOM 61 / 307 meters
Chase Tower Houston, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners 75 / 305.40 meters
Ryugyong Hotel Pyongyoang, North Korea Baikdoosan Architects &
Engineers 105 / 300 meters
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code )

ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.
Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row
or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with
an independent entrance for each dwelling units.
Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and
used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as
servants quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.
ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the
use of a building for him.
Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm
implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This
structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where
agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by
the public.
Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.
Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of

occupancy.
Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or
occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.
Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence
of three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own
cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments.
Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk
beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the

gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation,
workshop, entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or
more persons in drinking and dining establishments.
Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or
built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and
of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting
building.
Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.

Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which
is raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.
Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and
which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty
percent open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to
prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.
Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for
food preparation.
Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below
and partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor
is less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided
by columns, buttresses, or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used
to set off explosives.
Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are
provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in
accordance with previous arrangement.
Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.

Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum
open spaces.

Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals,
chattels, or property of any kind.
Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the
highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or
a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet.
In case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be
considered the established grade elevation.
Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of
the bearing wall for girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of
the floor, beams or joints.
Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly
below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is
equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and

explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.
CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials

or compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
Chimney Classifications:
chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney
suitable for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance
producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C measured at the appliance flue
outlet.
chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney

suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C under normal
operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760°C during
intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at
the appliance flue outlet.

chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney

suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093°C measured at the
appliance flue outlet.
Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.
Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow
unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton,
oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and
other similar materials commonly used in commerce.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C

(100_F).
COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials
that are easily set on fire.
Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement
and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite
cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace
slags.
Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or
pilaster.
Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or
materials to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before
or after forming or fabrication.
Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken

CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic
matter or with certain chemicals.
Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.
Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free,
open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.

CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its

reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate
surroundings.
CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials

attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the
underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be
directed upwards to a roof vent.
DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which
automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.
Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal
to the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no
person within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building.
Dispersal areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per
person.
DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more
volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting
vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.
DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper
proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house",
"lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two
"dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used,
rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living
purposes.
Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are
intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living,
sleeping, cooking, and eating.
Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the
family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo,
nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.

Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families

living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single
housekeeping unit.
Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively

by one family.
ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an
electric current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the
incandescence of the conducting vapor.
EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is
still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.
Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall
include intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps,
stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and
yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe
dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when
determining the permissible distance of travel.
Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more
Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building
occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire
resistance of one-hour.
Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit

court with a public way.
Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as
contrasted to veneer, see definition).
FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective
purposes.
FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm
the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of
fire to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to
suppress the fire.
FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or
partitions.

FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the
probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere
with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.
FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and
unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the
protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection
system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for
heat, smoke and combustion products and other warning system components,
personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and
other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during
fire.
Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and
when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes
shall have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive
combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when
exposed to the weather.
FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls,

barriers, doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into
a building or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or
panic before the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve,
among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress sealed
from smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin
and delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and
fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of
buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.
FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of
combustion.
FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it
lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.

Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies
widely in physical properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may
be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or
adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession
upward.
FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in
sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or
portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or
portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area
under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.
Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits
loads directly to the soil or the pile.
FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or
dimensions.
Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth
upon which the structure rests.
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.
Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline,

distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.
Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are
housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles
used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.

Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50
percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage
of passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per
vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or
mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series
of continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own
power from and to the street level.
Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or
joists or walls over opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished
surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters
distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the
ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than
1.50 meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters
of a public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the
sidewalk, alley, or public way.
Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys,
beginning with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive
floor number counting upward.
Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping
purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be
considered to be guest room.
Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping,
living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets,
pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries,
unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.
Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants

within a building.
Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the
common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance
floor and the room.

HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication,

conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or
explosions.
Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended

for use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are
used, or intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.
Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or

storage of helicopters is permitted.
HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around
a wall in approximately the same floor level.
HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored
and arranged for fire fighting.
HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is
wound and connected.
Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for
hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public
dining room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room.
Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and
other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.
HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of
fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.
Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in the

form it is used, is either one of the following:
Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone,
terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in
combination.
Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or
wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible
material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.

Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as

defined in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick
which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less.
Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material

required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or
other materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No
material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in
combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through
the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.
INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting

materials to heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same,
and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of
materials being treated.
JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in

an electrical system.
Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the
enclosing wall of the building and the surface of the ground.
Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
construction above.
Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it
includes the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all
other permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering
into the becoming a part of a building or structure.
Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.
Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all
except dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and
similar equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or
structure.
Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion
thereof at any one time.

Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest
rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money,
goods, labor or otherwise.
Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or
may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the
land designated as lot or recorded plot.
Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.
Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of
not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135°C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot
lines.
Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of
a corner lot, it may be either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides
bounded by lot lines.
Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.
Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.
Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow
clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or
combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.
Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination
thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level
and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.
Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of

a building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space in
which it is constructed.
Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations
of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and
percentage of occupancy.

Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building
or land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is
situated.
Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The
term shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy
is not intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.
OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or

intended to be used.
OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof
by virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or
sufferance of the latter.
ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases

oxygen readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially
under conditions of high temperature.
OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which

draw or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing
electrical system.
Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under
consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or
real property.
OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities
sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.
Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door
leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.
Partition An interior subdividing walls.
Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders,
lintels, trusses, and similar structural parts.
Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a
vertical beam, a column, or both.
Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and
lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code.

Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.
Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of

which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is
designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment
wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.
PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner

where the fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber
and/or which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at above
normal atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or

more people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than
3.00 meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground
to the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.
PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when

exposed to air.
REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed
from a mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to
partial distillation and electrolysis.
Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the
purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of
construction.
SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine

smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire.
Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical
equipment, or similar purposes.
Show Window A store window in which goods are display.

Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to
deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the
building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly
unpleasant to look at.
SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate

impurities from pure metals.
Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.
Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.

SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping
installed in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern
which automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products
from a fire.
Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of
any horse, carabao, or other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or
breeding purposes.
Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used
for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein
scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance
between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is more
than 1.50 meters.
Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.

Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses
can be attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available to
the outlets as needed.

Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and
the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that
portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the
ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or
unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at
any point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a
storey.
Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive
floors, floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance
from the floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the
highest point of the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these
joists are sealed, this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.
Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public for public use.
Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams,
trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other members
which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor
or roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and
not a part of the structural frame.
Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or

any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some
definite manner.
Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous

or traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated
into the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas
(cross bracings) are sometimes used.
Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.

Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and
similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:

surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimum
of 300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits;
surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a
horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening;
and
surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from
the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind,
based on current replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof
construction intended for the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners
attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding
material applied over an approved backing.
Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.

Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to
floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior
parts of a house or building.
Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.
Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing
portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.
Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members,
which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they
act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.

Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by
starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above
the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.
Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-
joists.
Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the
grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and
retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.
Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the
said buildings.
Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a
subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.
Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of
admitting natural light and air.
Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on
brackets or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window
projecting over the street line.
Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical

wood supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for
portland cement plaster.
Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property
line.
Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the
nearest building line.
Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between
the front and the rear yards.

All Subjects

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

All Subjects

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

PREPARED BY:

ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

1 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the

4 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected

13 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used

15 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing

18 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but

22 The open court in an Italian palazzo. Cortel

23 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part

25 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres

26 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.

28 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda. 13..

31 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular

33 The principal or central part of a church, extending from

35 The lowest step in the crepidoma. Stereobate

38 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters. Systyle

39 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters? 1.5 Diameters

40 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters. 3 Diameters

41 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of

45 Architects of the Parthenon. Callicrates and Ictinus

54 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns

57 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns

59 Architect of the Einstein Tower. Erich Mendelsohn

60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art. Walter Gropius

61 What architectural term is termed to be free from any

63 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a

66 The world's first large-scale monument in stone. Pyramid of Zoser

69 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle. Bartizan

70 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture. Masu-gumi

73 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must

76 "A house is like a flower pot" Richard Josef Neutra

77 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany

81 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma

83 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda. Octagonal

84 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a

88 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a

90 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and

92 A Greek building that contains painted pictures. Pinacotheca

93 A kindred type to the theater. Odeion

94 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek

98 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or

105 Architect of the World Trade Center. Minoru Yamasaki

106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica. Bernini

113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum Theron

114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia. Libon

115 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Cossutius

117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon. Phidias

118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel. Welton Becket

119 "A house is a machine to live in". Le Corbusier

125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines. Felipe Mendoza

126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument. Juan Nakpil

129 Expressionist Architect. Erich Mendelsohn

132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center. Juan Nakpil

133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium. Juan Nakpil

135 Architect of SM Megamall. Antonio Sin Diong

137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard. George Ramos

142 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of

144 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by

148 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central

150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___. East

160 The senate house of the Greeks. Prytaneion

163 The warm room in the Thermae Tepidarium

164 The Hot room of the Thermae Calidarium